• Home
  • Line#
  • Scopes#
  • Navigate#
  • Raw
  • Download
1 /*
2  * Driver interface definition
3  * Copyright (c) 2003-2017, Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
4  *
5  * This software may be distributed under the terms of the BSD license.
6  * See README for more details.
7  *
8  * This file defines a driver interface used by both %wpa_supplicant and
9  * hostapd. The first part of the file defines data structures used in various
10  * driver operations. This is followed by the struct wpa_driver_ops that each
11  * driver wrapper will beed to define with callback functions for requesting
12  * driver operations. After this, there are definitions for driver event
13  * reporting with wpa_supplicant_event() and some convenience helper functions
14  * that can be used to report events.
15  */
16 
17 #ifndef DRIVER_H
18 #define DRIVER_H
19 
20 #define WPA_SUPPLICANT_DRIVER_VERSION 4
21 
22 #include "common/defs.h"
23 #include "common/ieee802_11_defs.h"
24 #include "common/wpa_common.h"
25 #include "common/nan.h"
26 #ifdef CONFIG_MACSEC
27 #include "pae/ieee802_1x_kay.h"
28 #endif /* CONFIG_MACSEC */
29 #include "utils/list.h"
30 
31 struct nan_subscribe_params;
32 struct nan_publish_params;
33 
34 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_DISABLED 0x00000001
35 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_NO_IR 0x00000002
36 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_RADAR 0x00000008
37 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_HT40PLUS 0x00000010
38 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_HT40MINUS 0x00000020
39 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_HT40 0x00000040
40 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_SURVEY_LIST_INITIALIZED 0x00000080
41 
42 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_DFS_UNKNOWN 0x00000000
43 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_DFS_USABLE 0x00000100
44 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_DFS_UNAVAILABLE 0x00000200
45 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_DFS_AVAILABLE 0x00000300
46 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_DFS_MASK 0x00000300
47 
48 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_VHT_80MHZ_SUBCHANNEL 0x00000800
49 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_VHT_160MHZ_SUBCHANNEL 0x00001000
50 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_EHT_320MHZ_SUBCHANNEL 0x00002000
51 
52 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY 0x00010000
53 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_GO_CONCURRENT 0x00020000
54 
55 /* Allowed bandwidth mask */
56 enum hostapd_chan_width_attr {
57 	HOSTAPD_CHAN_WIDTH_10   = BIT(0),
58 	HOSTAPD_CHAN_WIDTH_20   = BIT(1),
59 	HOSTAPD_CHAN_WIDTH_40P  = BIT(2),
60 	HOSTAPD_CHAN_WIDTH_40M  = BIT(3),
61 	HOSTAPD_CHAN_WIDTH_80   = BIT(4),
62 	HOSTAPD_CHAN_WIDTH_160  = BIT(5),
63 	HOSTAPD_CHAN_WIDTH_320  = BIT(6),
64 };
65 
66 /* Filter gratuitous ARP */
67 #define WPA_DATA_FRAME_FILTER_FLAG_ARP BIT(0)
68 /* Filter unsolicited Neighbor Advertisement */
69 #define WPA_DATA_FRAME_FILTER_FLAG_NA BIT(1)
70 /* Filter unicast IP packets encrypted using the GTK */
71 #define WPA_DATA_FRAME_FILTER_FLAG_GTK BIT(2)
72 
73 #define HOSTAPD_DFS_REGION_FCC	1
74 #define HOSTAPD_DFS_REGION_ETSI	2
75 #define HOSTAPD_DFS_REGION_JP	3
76 
77 /**
78  * enum reg_change_initiator - Regulatory change initiator
79  */
80 enum reg_change_initiator {
81 	REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
82 	REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
83 	REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
84 	REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
85 	REGDOM_BEACON_HINT,
86 };
87 
88 /**
89  * enum reg_type - Regulatory change types
90  */
91 enum reg_type {
92 	REGDOM_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
93 	REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
94 	REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
95 	REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
96 	REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
97 };
98 
99 /**
100  * struct hostapd_wmm_rule - WMM regulatory rule
101  * @min_cwmin: Lower bound of CW_min value
102  * @min_cwmax: Lower bound of CW_max value
103  * @min_aifs: Lower bound of AIFS value
104  * @max_txop: Upper bound of TXOP, value in units of 32 usec
105  */
106 struct hostapd_wmm_rule {
107 	int min_cwmin;
108 	int min_cwmax;
109 	int min_aifs;
110 	int max_txop;
111 };
112 
113 /**
114  * struct hostapd_channel_data - Channel information
115  */
116 struct hostapd_channel_data {
117 	/**
118 	 * chan - Channel number (IEEE 802.11)
119 	 */
120 	short chan;
121 
122 	/**
123 	 * freq - Frequency in MHz
124 	 */
125 	int freq;
126 
127 	/**
128 	 * flag - Channel flags (HOSTAPD_CHAN_*)
129 	 */
130 	int flag;
131 
132 	/**
133 	 * allowed_bw - Allowed channel width bitmask
134 	 *
135 	 * See enum hostapd_chan_width_attr.
136 	 */
137 	u32 allowed_bw;
138 
139 	/**
140 	 * max_tx_power - Regulatory transmit power limit in dBm
141 	 */
142 	u8 max_tx_power;
143 
144 	/**
145 	 * survey_list - Linked list of surveys (struct freq_survey)
146 	 */
147 	struct dl_list survey_list;
148 
149 	/**
150 	 * min_nf - Minimum observed noise floor, in dBm, based on all
151 	 * surveyed channel data
152 	 */
153 	s8 min_nf;
154 
155 #ifdef CONFIG_ACS
156 	/**
157 	 * interference_factor - Computed interference factor on this
158 	 * channel (used internally in src/ap/acs.c; driver wrappers do not
159 	 * need to set this)
160 	 */
161 	long double interference_factor;
162 #endif /* CONFIG_ACS */
163 
164 	/**
165 	 * dfs_cac_ms - DFS CAC time in milliseconds
166 	 */
167 	unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
168 
169 	/**
170 	 * wmm_rules_valid - Indicates wmm_rules state
171 	 */
172 	int wmm_rules_valid;
173 
174 	/**
175 	 * wmm_rules - WMM regulatory rules
176 	 */
177 	struct hostapd_wmm_rule wmm_rules[WMM_AC_NUM];
178 
179 	/**
180 	 * punct_bitmap - RU puncturing bitmap
181 	 */
182 	u16 punct_bitmap;
183 };
184 
185 #define HE_MAC_CAPAB_0		0
186 #define HE_MAX_MAC_CAPAB_SIZE	6
187 #define HE_MAX_PHY_CAPAB_SIZE	11
188 #define HE_MAX_MCS_CAPAB_SIZE	12
189 #define HE_MAX_PPET_CAPAB_SIZE	25
190 
191 /**
192  * struct he_capabilities - IEEE 802.11ax HE capabilities
193  */
194 struct he_capabilities {
195 	u8 he_supported;
196 	u8 phy_cap[HE_MAX_PHY_CAPAB_SIZE];
197 	u8 mac_cap[HE_MAX_MAC_CAPAB_SIZE];
198 	u8 mcs[HE_MAX_MCS_CAPAB_SIZE];
199 	u8 ppet[HE_MAX_PPET_CAPAB_SIZE];
200 	u16 he_6ghz_capa;
201 };
202 
203 /* struct eht_capabilities - IEEE 802.11be EHT capabilities */
204 struct eht_capabilities {
205 	bool eht_supported;
206 	u16 mac_cap;
207 	u8 phy_cap[EHT_PHY_CAPAB_LEN];
208 	u8 mcs[EHT_MCS_NSS_CAPAB_LEN];
209 	u8 ppet[EHT_PPE_THRESH_CAPAB_LEN];
210 };
211 
212 #define HOSTAPD_MODE_FLAG_HT_INFO_KNOWN BIT(0)
213 #define HOSTAPD_MODE_FLAG_VHT_INFO_KNOWN BIT(1)
214 #define HOSTAPD_MODE_FLAG_HE_INFO_KNOWN BIT(2)
215 
216 
217 enum ieee80211_op_mode {
218 	IEEE80211_MODE_INFRA = 0,
219 	IEEE80211_MODE_IBSS = 1,
220 	IEEE80211_MODE_AP = 2,
221 	IEEE80211_MODE_MESH = 5,
222 
223 	/* only add new entries before IEEE80211_MODE_NUM */
224 	IEEE80211_MODE_NUM
225 };
226 
227 /**
228  * struct ieee80211_edmg_config - EDMG configuration
229  *
230  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
231  * for IEEE 802.11ay EDMG configuration
232  *
233  * @channels: Bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s)
234  *	that are allowed to be used for transmissions.
235  *	Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc.
236  *	Set to 0 to indicate EDMG not supported.
237  * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
238  *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations
239  */
240 struct ieee80211_edmg_config {
241 	u8 channels;
242 	enum edmg_bw_config bw_config;
243 };
244 
245 /**
246  * struct hostapd_hw_modes - Supported hardware mode information
247  */
248 struct hostapd_hw_modes {
249 	/**
250 	 * mode - Hardware mode
251 	 */
252 	enum hostapd_hw_mode mode;
253 
254 	/**
255 	 * is_6ghz - Whether the mode information is for the 6 GHz band
256 	 */
257 	bool is_6ghz;
258 
259 	/**
260 	 * num_channels - Number of entries in the channels array
261 	 */
262 	int num_channels;
263 
264 	/**
265 	 * channels - Array of supported channels
266 	 */
267 	struct hostapd_channel_data *channels;
268 
269 	/**
270 	 * num_rates - Number of entries in the rates array
271 	 */
272 	int num_rates;
273 
274 	/**
275 	 * rates - Array of supported rates in 100 kbps units
276 	 */
277 	int *rates;
278 
279 	/**
280 	 * ht_capab - HT (IEEE 802.11n) capabilities
281 	 */
282 	u16 ht_capab;
283 
284 	/**
285 	 * mcs_set - MCS (IEEE 802.11n) rate parameters
286 	 */
287 	u8 mcs_set[16];
288 
289 	/**
290 	 * a_mpdu_params - A-MPDU (IEEE 802.11n) parameters
291 	 */
292 	u8 a_mpdu_params;
293 
294 	/**
295 	 * vht_capab - VHT (IEEE 802.11ac) capabilities
296 	 */
297 	u32 vht_capab;
298 
299 	/**
300 	 * vht_mcs_set - VHT MCS (IEEE 802.11ac) rate parameters
301 	 */
302 	u8 vht_mcs_set[8];
303 
304 	unsigned int flags; /* HOSTAPD_MODE_FLAG_* */
305 
306 	/**
307 	 * he_capab - HE (IEEE 802.11ax) capabilities
308 	 */
309 	struct he_capabilities he_capab[IEEE80211_MODE_NUM];
310 
311 	/**
312 	 * This structure describes the most essential parameters needed
313 	 * for IEEE 802.11ay EDMG configuration.
314 	 */
315 	struct ieee80211_edmg_config edmg;
316 
317 	/**
318 	 * eht_capab - EHT (IEEE 802.11be) capabilities
319 	 */
320 	struct eht_capabilities eht_capab[IEEE80211_MODE_NUM];
321 };
322 
323 
324 /**
325  * struct hostapd_multi_hw_info: Supported multiple underlying hardware info
326  */
327 struct hostapd_multi_hw_info {
328 	/**
329 	 * hw_idx - Hardware index
330 	 */
331 	u8 hw_idx;
332 
333 	/**
334 	 * start_freq - Frequency range start in MHz
335 	 */
336 	int start_freq;
337 
338 	/**
339 	 * end_freq - Frequency range end in MHz
340 	 */
341 	int end_freq;
342 };
343 
344 
345 #define IEEE80211_CAP_ESS	0x0001
346 #define IEEE80211_CAP_IBSS	0x0002
347 #define IEEE80211_CAP_PRIVACY	0x0010
348 #define IEEE80211_CAP_RRM	0x1000
349 
350 /* DMG (60 GHz) IEEE 802.11ad */
351 /* type - bits 0..1 */
352 #define IEEE80211_CAP_DMG_MASK	0x0003
353 #define IEEE80211_CAP_DMG_IBSS	0x0001 /* Tx by: STA */
354 #define IEEE80211_CAP_DMG_PBSS	0x0002 /* Tx by: PCP */
355 #define IEEE80211_CAP_DMG_AP	0x0003 /* Tx by: AP */
356 
357 #define WPA_SCAN_QUAL_INVALID		BIT(0)
358 #define WPA_SCAN_NOISE_INVALID		BIT(1)
359 #define WPA_SCAN_LEVEL_INVALID		BIT(2)
360 #define WPA_SCAN_LEVEL_DBM		BIT(3)
361 #define WPA_SCAN_ASSOCIATED		BIT(5)
362 
363 /**
364  * struct wpa_scan_res - Scan result for an BSS/IBSS
365  * @flags: information flags about the BSS/IBSS (WPA_SCAN_*)
366  * @bssid: BSSID
367  * @freq: frequency of the channel in MHz (e.g., 2412 = channel 1)
368  * @max_cw: the max channel width of the connection (calculated during scan
369  * result processing)
370  * @beacon_int: beacon interval in TUs (host byte order)
371  * @caps: capability information field in host byte order
372  * @qual: signal quality
373  * @noise: noise level
374  * @level: signal level
375  * @tsf: Timestamp
376  * @age: Age of the information in milliseconds (i.e., how many milliseconds
377  * ago the last Beacon or Probe Response frame was received)
378  * @est_throughput: Estimated throughput in kbps (this is calculated during
379  * scan result processing if left zero by the driver wrapper)
380  * @snr: Signal-to-noise ratio in dB (calculated during scan result processing)
381  * @parent_tsf: Time when the Beacon/Probe Response frame was received in terms
382  * of TSF of the BSS specified by %tsf_bssid.
383  * @tsf_bssid: The BSS that %parent_tsf TSF time refers to.
384  * @beacon_newer: Whether the Beacon frame data is known to be newer
385  * @ie_len: length of the following IE field in octets
386  * @beacon_ie_len: length of the following Beacon IE field in octets
387  *
388  * This structure is used as a generic format for scan results from the
389  * driver. Each driver interface implementation is responsible for converting
390  * the driver or OS specific scan results into this format.
391  *
392  * If the driver does not support reporting all IEs, the IE data structure is
393  * constructed of the IEs that are available. This field will also need to
394  * include SSID in IE format. All drivers are encouraged to be extended to
395  * report all IEs to make it easier to support future additions.
396  *
397  * This structure data is followed by ie_len octets of IEs from Probe Response
398  * frame (or if the driver does not indicate source of IEs, these may also be
399  * from Beacon frame). After the first set of IEs, another set of IEs may follow
400  * (with beacon_ie_len octets of data) if the driver provides both IE sets.
401  */
402 struct wpa_scan_res {
403 	unsigned int flags;
404 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
405 	int freq;
406 	enum chan_width max_cw;
407 	u16 beacon_int;
408 	u16 caps;
409 	int qual;
410 	int noise;
411 	int level;
412 	u64 tsf;
413 	unsigned int age;
414 	unsigned int est_throughput;
415 	int snr;
416 	u64 parent_tsf;
417 	u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
418 	bool beacon_newer;
419 	size_t ie_len;
420 	size_t beacon_ie_len;
421 	/* Followed by ie_len + beacon_ie_len octets of IE data */
422 };
423 
424 /**
425  * struct wpa_scan_results - Scan results
426  * @res: Array of pointers to allocated variable length scan result entries
427  * @num: Number of entries in the scan result array
428  * @fetch_time: Time when the results were fetched from the driver
429  */
430 struct wpa_scan_results {
431 	struct wpa_scan_res **res;
432 	size_t num;
433 	struct os_reltime fetch_time;
434 };
435 
436 /**
437  * struct wpa_interface_info - Network interface information
438  * @next: Pointer to the next interface or NULL if this is the last one
439  * @ifname: Interface name that can be used with init() or init2()
440  * @desc: Human readable adapter description (e.g., vendor/model) or NULL if
441  *	not available
442  * @drv_name: struct wpa_driver_ops::name (note: unlike other strings, this one
443  *	is not an allocated copy, i.e., get_interfaces() caller will not free
444  *	this)
445  */
446 struct wpa_interface_info {
447 	struct wpa_interface_info *next;
448 	char *ifname;
449 	char *desc;
450 	const char *drv_name;
451 };
452 
453 #define WPAS_MAX_SCAN_SSIDS 16
454 
455 /**
456  * struct wpa_driver_scan_ssid - SSIDs to scan for
457  * @ssid - specific SSID to scan for (ProbeReq)
458  *	%NULL or zero-length SSID is used to indicate active scan
459  *	with wildcard SSID.
460  * @ssid_len - Length of the SSID in octets
461  */
462 struct wpa_driver_scan_ssid {
463 	const u8 *ssid;
464 	size_t ssid_len;
465 };
466 
467 struct t2lm_mapping {
468 	/**
469 	 * downlink - Bitmap of TIDs mapped with a link in downlink direction
470 	 */
471 	u8 downlink;
472 
473 	/**
474 	 * uplink - Bitmap of TIDs mapped with a link in uplink direction
475 	 */
476 	u8 uplink;
477 };
478 
479 /**
480  * struct wpa_driver_scan_params - Scan parameters
481  * Data for struct wpa_driver_ops::scan2().
482  */
483 struct wpa_driver_scan_params {
484 	/**
485 	 * ssids - SSIDs to scan for
486 	 */
487 	struct wpa_driver_scan_ssid ssids[WPAS_MAX_SCAN_SSIDS];
488 
489 	/**
490 	 * num_ssids - Number of entries in ssids array
491 	 * Zero indicates a request for a passive scan.
492 	 */
493 	size_t num_ssids;
494 
495 	/**
496 	 * extra_ies - Extra IE(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
497 	 */
498 	const u8 *extra_ies;
499 
500 	/**
501 	 * extra_ies_len - Length of extra_ies in octets
502 	 */
503 	size_t extra_ies_len;
504 
505 	/**
506 	 * freqs - Array of frequencies to scan or %NULL for all frequencies
507 	 *
508 	 * The frequency is set in MHz. The array is zero-terminated.
509 	 */
510 	int *freqs;
511 
512 	/**
513 	 * filter_ssids - Filter for reporting SSIDs
514 	 *
515 	 * This optional parameter can be used to request the driver wrapper to
516 	 * filter scan results to include only the specified SSIDs. %NULL
517 	 * indicates that no filtering is to be done. This can be used to
518 	 * reduce memory needs for scan results in environments that have large
519 	 * number of APs with different SSIDs.
520 	 *
521 	 * The driver wrapper is allowed to take this allocated buffer into its
522 	 * own use by setting the pointer to %NULL. In that case, the driver
523 	 * wrapper is responsible for freeing the buffer with os_free() once it
524 	 * is not needed anymore.
525 	 */
526 	struct wpa_driver_scan_filter {
527 		u8 ssid[SSID_MAX_LEN];
528 		size_t ssid_len;
529 	} *filter_ssids;
530 
531 	/**
532 	 * num_filter_ssids - Number of entries in filter_ssids array
533 	 */
534 	size_t num_filter_ssids;
535 
536 	/**
537 	 * filter_rssi - Filter by RSSI
538 	 *
539 	 * The driver may filter scan results in firmware to reduce host
540 	 * wakeups and thereby save power. Specify the RSSI threshold in s32
541 	 * dBm.
542 	 */
543 	s32 filter_rssi;
544 
545 	/**
546 	 * p2p_probe - Used to disable CCK (802.11b) rates for P2P probes
547 	 *
548 	 * When set, the driver is expected to remove rates 1, 2, 5.5, and 11
549 	 * Mbps from the support rates element(s) in the Probe Request frames
550 	 * and not to transmit the frames at any of those rates.
551 	 */
552 	unsigned int p2p_probe:1;
553 
554 	/**
555 	 * only_new_results - Request driver to report only new results
556 	 *
557 	 * This is used to request the driver to report only BSSes that have
558 	 * been detected after this scan request has been started, i.e., to
559 	 * flush old cached BSS entries.
560 	 */
561 	unsigned int only_new_results:1;
562 
563 	/**
564 	 * low_priority - Requests driver to use a lower scan priority
565 	 *
566 	 * This is used to request the driver to use a lower scan priority
567 	 * if it supports such a thing.
568 	 */
569 	unsigned int low_priority:1;
570 
571 	/**
572 	 * mac_addr_rand - Requests driver to randomize MAC address
573 	 */
574 	unsigned int mac_addr_rand:1;
575 
576 	/**
577 	 * mac_addr - MAC address used with randomization. The address cannot be
578 	 * a multicast one, i.e., bit 0 of byte 0 should not be set.
579 	 */
580 	u8 *mac_addr;
581 
582 	/**
583 	 * mac_addr_mask - MAC address mask used with randomization.
584 	 *
585 	 * Bits that are 0 in the mask should be randomized. Bits that are 1 in
586 	 * the mask should be taken as is from mac_addr. The mask should not
587 	 * allow the generation of a multicast address, i.e., bit 0 of byte 0
588 	 * must be set.
589 	 */
590 	const u8 *mac_addr_mask;
591 
592 	/**
593 	 * sched_scan_plans - Scan plans for scheduled scan
594 	 *
595 	 * Each scan plan consists of the number of iterations to scan and the
596 	 * interval between scans. When a scan plan finishes (i.e., it was run
597 	 * for the specified number of iterations), the next scan plan is
598 	 * executed. The scan plans are executed in the order they appear in
599 	 * the array (lower index first). The last scan plan will run infinitely
600 	 * (until requested to stop), thus must not specify the number of
601 	 * iterations. All other scan plans must specify the number of
602 	 * iterations.
603 	 */
604 	struct sched_scan_plan {
605 		 u32 interval; /* In seconds */
606 		 u32 iterations; /* Zero to run infinitely */
607 	 } *sched_scan_plans;
608 
609 	/**
610 	 * sched_scan_plans_num - Number of scan plans in sched_scan_plans array
611 	 */
612 	 unsigned int sched_scan_plans_num;
613 
614 	/**
615 	 * sched_scan_start_delay - Delay to use before starting the first scan
616 	 *
617 	 * Delay (in seconds) before scheduling first scan plan cycle. The
618 	 * driver may ignore this parameter and start immediately (or at any
619 	 * other time), if this feature is not supported.
620 	 */
621 	 u32 sched_scan_start_delay;
622 
623 	/**
624 	 * bssid - Specific BSSID to scan for
625 	 *
626 	 * This optional parameter can be used to replace the default wildcard
627 	 * BSSID with a specific BSSID to scan for if results are needed from
628 	 * only a single BSS.
629 	 */
630 	const u8 *bssid;
631 
632 	/**
633 	 * scan_cookie - Unique identification representing the scan request
634 	 *
635 	 * This scan_cookie carries a unique identification representing the
636 	 * scan request if the host driver/kernel supports concurrent scan
637 	 * requests. This cookie is returned from the corresponding driver
638 	 * interface.
639 	 *
640 	 * Note: Unlike other parameters in this structure, scan_cookie is used
641 	 * only to return information instead of setting parameters for the
642 	 * scan.
643 	 */
644 	u64 scan_cookie;
645 
646 	 /**
647 	  * duration - Dwell time on each channel
648 	  *
649 	  * This optional parameter can be used to set the dwell time on each
650 	  * channel. In TUs.
651 	  */
652 	 u16 duration;
653 
654 	 /**
655 	  * duration_mandatory - Whether the specified duration is mandatory
656 	  *
657 	  * If this is set, the duration specified by the %duration field is
658 	  * mandatory (and the driver should reject the scan request if it is
659 	  * unable to comply with the specified duration), otherwise it is the
660 	  * maximum duration and the actual duration may be shorter.
661 	  */
662 	 unsigned int duration_mandatory:1;
663 
664 	/**
665 	 * relative_rssi_set - Whether relative RSSI parameters are set
666 	 */
667 	unsigned int relative_rssi_set:1;
668 
669 	/**
670 	 * relative_rssi - Relative RSSI for reporting better BSSs
671 	 *
672 	 * Amount of RSSI by which a BSS should be better than the current
673 	 * connected BSS to report the new BSS to user space.
674 	 */
675 	s8 relative_rssi;
676 
677 	/**
678 	 * relative_adjust_band - Band to which RSSI should be adjusted
679 	 *
680 	 * The relative_adjust_rssi should be added to the band specified
681 	 * by relative_adjust_band.
682 	 */
683 	enum set_band relative_adjust_band;
684 
685 	/**
686 	 * relative_adjust_rssi - RSSI to be added to relative_adjust_band
687 	 *
688 	 * An amount of relative_band_rssi should be added to the BSSs that
689 	 * belong to the band specified by relative_adjust_band while comparing
690 	 * with other bands for BSS reporting.
691 	 */
692 	s8 relative_adjust_rssi;
693 
694 	/**
695 	 * oce_scan
696 	 *
697 	 * Enable the following OCE scan features: (WFA OCE TechSpec v1.0)
698 	 * - Accept broadcast Probe Response frame.
699 	 * - Probe Request frame deferral and suppression.
700 	 * - Max Channel Time - driver fills FILS request params IE with
701 	 *   Maximum Channel Time.
702 	 * - Send 1st Probe Request frame in rate of minimum 5.5 Mbps.
703 	 */
704 	unsigned int oce_scan:1;
705 
706 	/**
707 	 * p2p_include_6ghz - Include 6 GHz channels for P2P full scan
708 	 *
709 	 */
710 	unsigned int p2p_include_6ghz:1;
711 
712 	/**
713 	 * non_coloc_6ghz - Force scanning of non-PSC 6 GHz channels
714 	 *
715 	 * If this is set, the driver should scan non-PSC channels from the
716 	 * scan request even if neighbor reports from 2.4/5 GHz APs did not
717 	 * report a co-located AP on these channels. The default is to scan
718 	 * non-PSC channels only if a co-located AP was reported on the channel.
719 	 */
720 	unsigned int non_coloc_6ghz:1;
721 
722 	/**
723 	 * min_probe_req_content - Minimize probe request content to only have
724 	 * minimal requirement elements, e.g., supported rates etc., and no
725 	 * additional elements other then those provided by user space.
726 	 */
727 	unsigned int min_probe_req_content:1;
728 
729 	/**
730 	 * link_id - Specify the link that is requesting the scan on an MLD
731 	 *
732 	 * This is set when operating as an AP MLD and doing an OBSS scan.
733 	 * -1 indicates that no particular link ID is set.
734 	 */
735 	s8 link_id;
736 
737 	/*
738 	 * NOTE: Whenever adding new parameters here, please make sure
739 	 * wpa_scan_clone_params() and wpa_scan_free_params() get updated with
740 	 * matching changes.
741 	 */
742 };
743 
744 /**
745  * struct wpa_driver_auth_params - Authentication parameters
746  * Data for struct wpa_driver_ops::authenticate().
747  */
748 struct wpa_driver_auth_params {
749 	int freq;
750 	const u8 *bssid;
751 	const u8 *ssid;
752 	size_t ssid_len;
753 	int auth_alg;
754 	const u8 *ie;
755 	size_t ie_len;
756 	const u8 *wep_key[4];
757 	size_t wep_key_len[4];
758 	int wep_tx_keyidx;
759 	int local_state_change;
760 
761 	/**
762 	 * p2p - Whether this connection is a P2P group
763 	 */
764 	int p2p;
765 
766 	/**
767 	 * auth_data - Additional elements for Authentication frame
768 	 *
769 	 * This buffer starts with the Authentication transaction sequence
770 	 * number field. If no special handling of such elements is needed, this
771 	 * pointer is %NULL. This is used with SAE and FILS.
772 	 */
773 	const u8 *auth_data;
774 
775 	/**
776 	 * auth_data_len - Length of auth_data buffer in octets
777 	 */
778 	size_t auth_data_len;
779 
780 	/**
781 	 * mld - Establish an MLD connection
782 	 */
783 	bool mld;
784 
785 	/**
786 	 * mld_link_id - The link ID of the MLD AP to which we are associating
787 	 */
788 	u8 mld_link_id;
789 
790 	/**
791 	 * The MLD AP address
792 	 */
793 	const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
794 };
795 
796 /**
797  * enum wps_mode - WPS mode
798  */
799 enum wps_mode {
800 	/**
801 	 * WPS_MODE_NONE - No WPS provisioning being used
802 	 */
803 	WPS_MODE_NONE,
804 
805 	/**
806 	 * WPS_MODE_OPEN - WPS provisioning with AP that is in open mode
807 	 */
808 	WPS_MODE_OPEN,
809 
810 	/**
811 	 * WPS_MODE_PRIVACY - WPS provisioning with AP that is using protection
812 	 */
813 	WPS_MODE_PRIVACY
814 };
815 
816 /**
817  * struct hostapd_freq_params - Channel parameters
818  */
819 struct hostapd_freq_params {
820 	/**
821 	 * mode - Mode/band (HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211A, ..)
822 	 */
823 	enum hostapd_hw_mode mode;
824 
825 	/**
826 	 * freq - Primary channel center frequency in MHz
827 	 */
828 	int freq;
829 
830 	/**
831 	 * channel - Channel number
832 	 */
833 	int channel;
834 
835 	/**
836 	 * ht_enabled - Whether HT is enabled
837 	 */
838 	int ht_enabled;
839 
840 	/**
841 	 * sec_channel_offset - Secondary channel offset for HT40
842 	 *
843 	 * 0 = HT40 disabled,
844 	 * -1 = HT40 enabled, secondary channel below primary,
845 	 * 1 = HT40 enabled, secondary channel above primary
846 	 */
847 	int sec_channel_offset;
848 
849 	/**
850 	 * vht_enabled - Whether VHT is enabled
851 	 */
852 	int vht_enabled;
853 
854 	/**
855 	 * he_enabled - Whether HE is enabled
856 	 */
857 	int he_enabled;
858 
859 	/**
860 	 * center_freq1 - Segment 0 center frequency in MHz
861 	 *
862 	 * Valid for both HT and VHT.
863 	 */
864 	int center_freq1;
865 
866 	/**
867 	 * center_freq2 - Segment 1 center frequency in MHz
868 	 *
869 	 * Non-zero only for bandwidth 80 and an 80+80 channel
870 	 */
871 	int center_freq2;
872 
873 	/**
874 	 * bandwidth - Channel bandwidth in MHz (20, 40, 80, 160)
875 	 */
876 	int bandwidth;
877 
878 	/**
879 	 * This structure describes the most essential parameters needed
880 	 * for IEEE 802.11ay EDMG configuration.
881 	 */
882 	struct ieee80211_edmg_config edmg;
883 
884 	/**
885 	 * radar_background - Whether radar/CAC background is requested
886 	 */
887 	bool radar_background;
888 
889 	/**
890 	 * eht_enabled - Whether EHT is enabled
891 	 */
892 	bool eht_enabled;
893 
894 	/**
895 	 * punct_bitmap - Preamble puncturing bitmap
896 	 * Each bit corresponds to a 20 MHz subchannel, the lowest bit for the
897 	 * channel with the lowest frequency. A bit set to 1 indicates that the
898 	 * subchannel is punctured, otherwise active.
899 	 */
900 	u16 punct_bitmap;
901 
902 	/**
903 	 * link_id: If >=0 indicates the link of the AP MLD to configure
904 	 */
905 	int link_id;
906 };
907 
908 /**
909  * struct wpa_driver_sta_auth_params - Authentication parameters
910  * Data for struct wpa_driver_ops::sta_auth().
911  */
912 struct wpa_driver_sta_auth_params {
913 
914 	/**
915 	 * own_addr - Source address and BSSID for authentication frame
916 	 */
917 	const u8 *own_addr;
918 
919 	/**
920 	 * addr - MAC address of the station to associate
921 	 */
922 	const u8 *addr;
923 
924 	/**
925 	 * seq - authentication sequence number
926 	 */
927 	u16 seq;
928 
929 	/**
930 	 * status - authentication response status code
931 	 */
932 	u16 status;
933 
934 	/**
935 	 * ie - authentication frame ie buffer
936 	 */
937 	const u8 *ie;
938 
939 	/**
940 	 * len - ie buffer length
941 	 */
942 	size_t len;
943 
944 	/**
945 	 * fils_auth - Indicates whether FILS authentication is being performed
946 	 */
947 	int fils_auth;
948 
949 	/**
950 	 * fils_anonce - ANonce (required for FILS)
951 	 */
952 	u8 fils_anonce[WPA_NONCE_LEN];
953 
954 	/**
955 	 * fils_snonce - SNonce (required for FILS)
956 	*/
957 	u8 fils_snonce[WPA_NONCE_LEN];
958 
959 	/**
960 	 * fils_kek - key for encryption (required for FILS)
961 	 */
962 	u8 fils_kek[WPA_KEK_MAX_LEN];
963 
964 	/**
965 	 * fils_kek_len - Length of the fils_kek in octets (required for FILS)
966 	 */
967 	size_t fils_kek_len;
968 };
969 
970 struct wpa_driver_mld_params {
971 	/**
972 	 * mld_addr - AP's MLD address
973 	 */
974 	const u8 *mld_addr;
975 
976 	/**
977 	 * valid_links - The valid links including the association link
978 	 */
979 	u16 valid_links;
980 
981 	/**
982 	 * assoc_link_id - The link on which the association is performed
983 	 */
984 	u8 assoc_link_id;
985 
986 	/**
987 	 * mld_links - Link information
988 	 *
989 	 * Should include information on all the requested links for association
990 	 * including the link on which the association should take place.
991 	 * For the association link, the ies and ies_len should be NULL and
992 	 * 0 respectively.
993 	 */
994 	struct {
995 		int freq;
996 		const u8 *bssid;
997 		const u8 *ies;
998 		size_t ies_len;
999 		int error;
1000 		bool disabled;
1001 	} mld_links[MAX_NUM_MLD_LINKS];
1002 };
1003 
1004 /**
1005  * struct wpa_driver_associate_params - Association parameters
1006  * Data for struct wpa_driver_ops::associate().
1007  */
1008 struct wpa_driver_associate_params {
1009 	/**
1010 	 * bssid - BSSID of the selected AP
1011 	 * This can be %NULL, if ap_scan=2 mode is used and the driver is
1012 	 * responsible for selecting with which BSS to associate. */
1013 	const u8 *bssid;
1014 
1015 	/**
1016 	 * bssid_hint - BSSID of a proposed AP
1017 	 *
1018 	 * This indicates which BSS has been found a suitable candidate for
1019 	 * initial association for drivers that use driver/firmwate-based BSS
1020 	 * selection. Unlike the @bssid parameter, @bssid_hint does not limit
1021 	 * the driver from selecting other BSSes in the ESS.
1022 	 */
1023 	const u8 *bssid_hint;
1024 
1025 	/**
1026 	 * ssid - The selected SSID
1027 	 */
1028 	const u8 *ssid;
1029 
1030 	/**
1031 	 * ssid_len - Length of the SSID (1..32)
1032 	 */
1033 	size_t ssid_len;
1034 
1035 	/**
1036 	 * freq - channel parameters
1037 	 */
1038 	struct hostapd_freq_params freq;
1039 
1040 	/**
1041 	 * freq_hint - Frequency of the channel the proposed AP is using
1042 	 *
1043 	 * This provides a channel on which a suitable BSS has been found as a
1044 	 * hint for the driver. Unlike the @freq parameter, @freq_hint does not
1045 	 * limit the driver from selecting other channels for
1046 	 * driver/firmware-based BSS selection.
1047 	 */
1048 	int freq_hint;
1049 
1050 	/**
1051 	 * bg_scan_period - Background scan period in seconds, 0 to disable
1052 	 * background scan, or -1 to indicate no change to default driver
1053 	 * configuration
1054 	 */
1055 	int bg_scan_period;
1056 
1057 	/**
1058 	 * beacon_int - Beacon interval for IBSS or 0 to use driver default
1059 	 */
1060 	int beacon_int;
1061 
1062 	/**
1063 	 * wpa_ie - WPA information element for (Re)Association Request
1064 	 * WPA information element to be included in (Re)Association
1065 	 * Request (including information element id and length). Use
1066 	 * of this WPA IE is optional. If the driver generates the WPA
1067 	 * IE, it can use pairwise_suite, group_suite, group_mgmt_suite, and
1068 	 * key_mgmt_suite to select proper algorithms. In this case,
1069 	 * the driver has to notify wpa_supplicant about the used WPA
1070 	 * IE by generating an event that the interface code will
1071 	 * convert into EVENT_ASSOCINFO data (see below).
1072 	 *
1073 	 * When using WPA2/IEEE 802.11i, wpa_ie is used for RSN IE
1074 	 * instead. The driver can determine which version is used by
1075 	 * looking at the first byte of the IE (0xdd for WPA, 0x30 for
1076 	 * WPA2/RSN).
1077 	 *
1078 	 * When using WPS, wpa_ie is used for WPS IE instead of WPA/RSN IE.
1079 	 */
1080 	const u8 *wpa_ie;
1081 
1082 	/**
1083 	 * wpa_ie_len - length of the wpa_ie
1084 	 */
1085 	size_t wpa_ie_len;
1086 
1087 	/**
1088 	 * wpa_proto - Bitfield of WPA_PROTO_* values to indicate WPA/WPA2
1089 	 */
1090 	unsigned int wpa_proto;
1091 
1092 	/**
1093 	 * pairwise_suite - Selected pairwise cipher suite (WPA_CIPHER_*)
1094 	 *
1095 	 * This is usually ignored if @wpa_ie is used.
1096 	 */
1097 	unsigned int pairwise_suite;
1098 
1099 	/**
1100 	 * group_suite - Selected group cipher suite (WPA_CIPHER_*)
1101 	 *
1102 	 * This is usually ignored if @wpa_ie is used.
1103 	 */
1104 	unsigned int group_suite;
1105 
1106 	/**
1107 	 * mgmt_group_suite - Selected group management cipher suite (WPA_CIPHER_*)
1108 	 *
1109 	 * This is usually ignored if @wpa_ie is used.
1110 	 */
1111 	unsigned int mgmt_group_suite;
1112 
1113 	/**
1114 	 * key_mgmt_suite - Selected key management suite (WPA_KEY_MGMT_*)
1115 	 *
1116 	 * This is usually ignored if @wpa_ie is used.
1117 	 */
1118 	unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
1119 
1120 	/**
1121 	 * allowed_key_mgmts - Bitfield of allowed key management suites
1122 	 * (WPA_KEY_MGMT_*) other than @key_mgmt_suite for the current
1123 	 * connection
1124 	 *
1125 	 * SME in the driver may choose key_mgmt from this list for the initial
1126 	 * connection or roaming. The driver which doesn't support this
1127 	 * ignores this parameter.
1128 	 */
1129 	unsigned int allowed_key_mgmts;
1130 
1131 	/**
1132 	 * auth_alg - Allowed authentication algorithms
1133 	 * Bit field of WPA_AUTH_ALG_*
1134 	 */
1135 	int auth_alg;
1136 
1137 	/**
1138 	 * mode - Operation mode (infra/ibss) IEEE80211_MODE_*
1139 	 */
1140 	int mode;
1141 
1142 	/**
1143 	 * wep_key - WEP keys for static WEP configuration
1144 	 */
1145 	const u8 *wep_key[4];
1146 
1147 	/**
1148 	 * wep_key_len - WEP key length for static WEP configuration
1149 	 */
1150 	size_t wep_key_len[4];
1151 
1152 	/**
1153 	 * wep_tx_keyidx - WEP TX key index for static WEP configuration
1154 	 */
1155 	int wep_tx_keyidx;
1156 
1157 	/**
1158 	 * mgmt_frame_protection - IEEE 802.11w management frame protection
1159 	 */
1160 	enum mfp_options mgmt_frame_protection;
1161 
1162 	/**
1163 	 * passphrase - RSN passphrase for PSK
1164 	 *
1165 	 * This value is made available only for WPA/WPA2-Personal (PSK) and
1166 	 * only for drivers that set WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_PSK. This
1167 	 * is the 8..63 character ASCII passphrase, if available. Please note
1168 	 * that this can be %NULL if passphrase was not used to generate the
1169 	 * PSK. In that case, the psk field must be used to fetch the PSK.
1170 	 */
1171 	const char *passphrase;
1172 
1173 	/**
1174 	 * psk - RSN PSK (alternative for passphrase for PSK)
1175 	 *
1176 	 * This value is made available only for WPA/WPA2-Personal (PSK) and
1177 	 * only for drivers that set WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_PSK. This
1178 	 * is the 32-octet (256-bit) PSK, if available. The driver wrapper
1179 	 * should be prepared to handle %NULL value as an error.
1180 	 */
1181 	const u8 *psk;
1182 
1183 	/**
1184 	 * sae_password - Password for SAE authentication
1185 	 *
1186 	 * This value is made available only for WPA3-Personal (SAE) and only
1187 	 * for drivers that set WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_SAE_OFFLOAD.
1188 	 */
1189 	const char *sae_password;
1190 
1191 	/**
1192 	 * sae_password_id - Password Identifier for SAE authentication
1193 	 *
1194 	 * This value is made available only for WPA3-Personal (SAE) and only
1195 	 * for drivers that set WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_SAE_OFFLOAD. If %NULL, SAE
1196 	 * password identifier is not used.
1197 	 */
1198 	const char *sae_password_id;
1199 
1200 	/**
1201 	 * drop_unencrypted - Enable/disable unencrypted frame filtering
1202 	 *
1203 	 * Configure the driver to drop all non-EAPOL frames (both receive and
1204 	 * transmit paths). Unencrypted EAPOL frames (ethertype 0x888e) must
1205 	 * still be allowed for key negotiation.
1206 	 */
1207 	int drop_unencrypted;
1208 
1209 	/**
1210 	 * prev_bssid - Previously used BSSID in this ESS
1211 	 *
1212 	 * When not %NULL, this is a request to use reassociation instead of
1213 	 * association.
1214 	 */
1215 	const u8 *prev_bssid;
1216 
1217 	/**
1218 	 * wps - WPS mode
1219 	 *
1220 	 * If the driver needs to do special configuration for WPS association,
1221 	 * this variable provides more information on what type of association
1222 	 * is being requested. Most drivers should not need to use this.
1223 	 */
1224 	enum wps_mode wps;
1225 
1226 	/**
1227 	 * p2p - Whether this connection is a P2P group
1228 	 */
1229 	int p2p;
1230 
1231 	/**
1232 	 * uapsd - UAPSD parameters for the network
1233 	 * -1 = do not change defaults
1234 	 * AP mode: 1 = enabled, 0 = disabled
1235 	 * STA mode: bits 0..3 UAPSD enabled for VO,VI,BK,BE
1236 	 */
1237 	int uapsd;
1238 
1239 	/**
1240 	 * fixed_bssid - Whether to force this BSSID in IBSS mode
1241 	 * 1 = Fix this BSSID and prevent merges.
1242 	 * 0 = Do not fix BSSID.
1243 	 */
1244 	int fixed_bssid;
1245 
1246 	/**
1247 	 * fixed_freq - Fix control channel in IBSS mode
1248 	 * 0 = don't fix control channel (default)
1249 	 * 1 = fix control channel; this prevents IBSS merging with another
1250 	 *	channel
1251 	 */
1252 	int fixed_freq;
1253 
1254 	/**
1255 	 * disable_ht - Disable HT (IEEE 802.11n) for this connection
1256 	 */
1257 	int disable_ht;
1258 
1259 	/**
1260 	 * htcaps - HT Capabilities over-rides
1261 	 *
1262 	 * Only bits set in the mask will be used, and not all values are used
1263 	 * by the kernel anyway. Currently, MCS, MPDU and MSDU fields are used.
1264 	 *
1265 	 * Pointer to struct ieee80211_ht_capabilities.
1266 	 */
1267 	const u8 *htcaps;
1268 
1269 	/**
1270 	 * htcaps_mask - HT Capabilities over-rides mask
1271 	 *
1272 	 * Pointer to struct ieee80211_ht_capabilities.
1273 	 */
1274 	const u8 *htcaps_mask;
1275 
1276 #ifdef CONFIG_VHT_OVERRIDES
1277 	/**
1278 	 * disable_vht - Disable VHT for this connection
1279 	 */
1280 	int disable_vht;
1281 
1282 	/**
1283 	 * VHT capability overrides.
1284 	 */
1285 	const struct ieee80211_vht_capabilities *vhtcaps;
1286 	const struct ieee80211_vht_capabilities *vhtcaps_mask;
1287 #endif /* CONFIG_VHT_OVERRIDES */
1288 
1289 #ifdef CONFIG_HE_OVERRIDES
1290 	/**
1291 	 * disable_he - Disable HE for this connection
1292 	 */
1293 	int disable_he;
1294 #endif /* CONFIG_HE_OVERRIDES */
1295 
1296 	/**
1297 	 * req_key_mgmt_offload - Request key management offload for connection
1298 	 *
1299 	 * Request key management offload for this connection if the device
1300 	 * supports it.
1301 	 */
1302 	int req_key_mgmt_offload;
1303 
1304 	/**
1305 	 * req_handshake_offload - Request EAPOL handshake offload
1306 	 *
1307 	 * Request EAPOL handshake offload for this connection if the device
1308 	 * supports it.
1309 	 */
1310 	int req_handshake_offload;
1311 
1312 	/**
1313 	 * Flag for indicating whether this association includes support for
1314 	 * RRM (Radio Resource Measurements)
1315 	 */
1316 	int rrm_used;
1317 
1318 	/**
1319 	 * pbss - If set, connect to a PCP in a PBSS. Otherwise, connect to an
1320 	 * AP as usual. Valid for DMG network only.
1321 	 */
1322 	int pbss;
1323 
1324 	/**
1325 	 * fils_kek - KEK for FILS association frame protection (AES-SIV)
1326 	 */
1327 	const u8 *fils_kek;
1328 
1329 	/**
1330 	 * fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in bytes
1331 	 */
1332 	size_t fils_kek_len;
1333 
1334 	/**
1335 	 * fils_nonces - Nonces for FILS association frame protection
1336 	 * (AES-SIV AAD)
1337 	 */
1338 	const u8 *fils_nonces;
1339 
1340 	/**
1341 	 * fils_nonces_len: Length of fils_nonce in bytes
1342 	 */
1343 	size_t fils_nonces_len;
1344 
1345 	/**
1346 	 * fils_erp_username - Username part of keyName-NAI
1347 	 */
1348 	const u8 *fils_erp_username;
1349 
1350 	/**
1351 	 * fils_erp_username_len - Length of fils_erp_username in bytes
1352 	 */
1353 	size_t fils_erp_username_len;
1354 
1355 	/**
1356 	 * fils_erp_realm - Realm/domain name to use in FILS ERP
1357 	 */
1358 	const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
1359 
1360 	/**
1361 	 * fils_erp_realm_len - Length of fils_erp_realm in bytes
1362 	 */
1363 	size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
1364 
1365 	/**
1366 	 * fils_erp_next_seq_num - The next sequence number to use in FILS ERP
1367 	 * messages
1368 	 */
1369 	u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
1370 
1371 	/**
1372 	 * fils_erp_rrk - Re-authentication root key (rRK) for the keyName-NAI
1373 	 * specified by fils_erp_username@fils_erp_realm.
1374 	 */
1375 	const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
1376 
1377 	/**
1378 	 * fils_erp_rrk_len - Length of fils_erp_rrk in bytes
1379 	 */
1380 	size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
1381 
1382 	/**
1383 	 * sae_pwe - SAE mechanism for PWE derivation
1384 	 * 0 = hunting-and-pecking loop only
1385 	 * 1 = hash-to-element only
1386 	 * 2 = both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element enabled
1387 	 */
1388 	enum sae_pwe sae_pwe;
1389 
1390 #if defined(CONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211_BRCM) || defined(CONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211_SYNA)
1391 	/**
1392 	 * td_policy - Transition Disable Policy
1393 	 */
1394 	u32 td_policy;
1395 #endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211_BRCM || CONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211_SYNA */
1396 
1397 	/**
1398 	 * disable_eht - Disable EHT for this connection
1399 	 */
1400 	int disable_eht;
1401 
1402 	/*
1403 	 * mld_params - MLD association parameters
1404 	 */
1405 	struct wpa_driver_mld_params mld_params;
1406 
1407 	/**
1408 	 * rsn_overriding - wpa_supplicant RSN overriding support
1409 	 */
1410 	bool rsn_overriding;
1411 
1412 	/**
1413 	 * spp_amsdu - SPP A-MSDU used on this connection
1414 	 */
1415 	bool spp_amsdu;
1416 };
1417 
1418 enum hide_ssid {
1419 	NO_SSID_HIDING,
1420 	HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
1421 	HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
1422 };
1423 
1424 enum ch_switch_state {
1425 	CH_SW_STARTED,
1426 	CH_SW_FINISHED
1427 };
1428 
1429 struct wowlan_triggers {
1430 	u8 any;
1431 	u8 disconnect;
1432 	u8 magic_pkt;
1433 	u8 gtk_rekey_failure;
1434 	u8 eap_identity_req;
1435 	u8 four_way_handshake;
1436 	u8 rfkill_release;
1437 };
1438 
1439 struct unsol_bcast_probe_resp {
1440 	/**
1441 	 * Unsolicited broadcast Probe Response interval in TUs
1442 	 */
1443 	unsigned int unsol_bcast_probe_resp_interval;
1444 
1445 	/**
1446 	 * Unsolicited broadcast Probe Response template data
1447 	 */
1448 	u8 *unsol_bcast_probe_resp_tmpl;
1449 
1450 	/**
1451 	 * Unsolicited broadcast Probe Response template length
1452 	 */
1453 	size_t unsol_bcast_probe_resp_tmpl_len;
1454 };
1455 
1456 struct wpa_driver_ap_params {
1457 	/**
1458 	 * head - Beacon head from IEEE 802.11 header to IEs before TIM IE
1459 	 */
1460 	u8 *head;
1461 
1462 	/**
1463 	 * head_len - Length of the head buffer in octets
1464 	 */
1465 	size_t head_len;
1466 
1467 	/**
1468 	 * tail - Beacon tail following TIM IE
1469 	 */
1470 	u8 *tail;
1471 
1472 	/**
1473 	 * tail_len - Length of the tail buffer in octets
1474 	 */
1475 	size_t tail_len;
1476 
1477 	/**
1478 	 * dtim_period - DTIM period
1479 	 */
1480 	int dtim_period;
1481 
1482 	/**
1483 	 * beacon_int - Beacon interval
1484 	 */
1485 	int beacon_int;
1486 
1487 	/**
1488 	 * basic_rates: -1 terminated array of basic rates in 100 kbps
1489 	 *
1490 	 * This parameter can be used to set a specific basic rate set for the
1491 	 * BSS. If %NULL, default basic rate set is used.
1492 	 */
1493 	int *basic_rates;
1494 
1495 	/**
1496 	 * beacon_rate: Beacon frame data rate
1497 	 *
1498 	 * This parameter can be used to set a specific Beacon frame data rate
1499 	 * for the BSS. The interpretation of this value depends on the
1500 	 * rate_type (legacy: in 100 kbps units, HT: HT-MCS, VHT: VHT-MCS,
1501 	 * HE: HE-MCS). If beacon_rate == 0 and rate_type == 0
1502 	 * (BEACON_RATE_LEGACY), the default Beacon frame data rate is used.
1503 	 */
1504 	unsigned int beacon_rate;
1505 
1506 	/**
1507 	 * beacon_rate_type: Beacon data rate type (legacy/HT/VHT/HE)
1508 	 */
1509 	enum beacon_rate_type rate_type;
1510 
1511 	/**
1512 	 * proberesp - Probe Response template
1513 	 *
1514 	 * This is used by drivers that reply to Probe Requests internally in
1515 	 * AP mode and require the full Probe Response template.
1516 	 */
1517 	u8 *proberesp;
1518 
1519 	/**
1520 	 * proberesp_len - Length of the proberesp buffer in octets
1521 	 */
1522 	size_t proberesp_len;
1523 
1524 	/**
1525 	 * ssid - The SSID to use in Beacon/Probe Response frames
1526 	 */
1527 	const u8 *ssid;
1528 
1529 	/**
1530 	 * ssid_len - Length of the SSID (1..32)
1531 	 */
1532 	size_t ssid_len;
1533 
1534 	/**
1535 	 * hide_ssid - Whether to hide the SSID
1536 	 */
1537 	enum hide_ssid hide_ssid;
1538 
1539 	/**
1540 	 * pairwise_ciphers - WPA_CIPHER_* bitfield
1541 	 */
1542 	unsigned int pairwise_ciphers;
1543 
1544 	/**
1545 	 * group_cipher - WPA_CIPHER_*
1546 	 */
1547 	unsigned int group_cipher;
1548 
1549 	/**
1550 	 * key_mgmt_suites - WPA_KEY_MGMT_* bitfield
1551 	 */
1552 	unsigned int key_mgmt_suites;
1553 
1554 	/**
1555 	 * auth_algs - WPA_AUTH_ALG_* bitfield
1556 	 */
1557 	unsigned int auth_algs;
1558 
1559 	/**
1560 	 * wpa_version - WPA_PROTO_* bitfield
1561 	 */
1562 	unsigned int wpa_version;
1563 
1564 	/**
1565 	 * privacy - Whether privacy is used in the BSS
1566 	 */
1567 	int privacy;
1568 
1569 	/**
1570 	 * beacon_ies - WPS/P2P IE(s) for Beacon frames
1571 	 *
1572 	 * This is used to add IEs like WPS IE and P2P IE by drivers that do
1573 	 * not use the full Beacon template.
1574 	 */
1575 	const struct wpabuf *beacon_ies;
1576 
1577 	/**
1578 	 * proberesp_ies - P2P/WPS IE(s) for Probe Response frames
1579 	 *
1580 	 * This is used to add IEs like WPS IE and P2P IE by drivers that
1581 	 * reply to Probe Request frames internally.
1582 	 */
1583 	const struct wpabuf *proberesp_ies;
1584 
1585 	/**
1586 	 * assocresp_ies - WPS IE(s) for (Re)Association Response frames
1587 	 *
1588 	 * This is used to add IEs like WPS IE by drivers that reply to
1589 	 * (Re)Association Request frames internally.
1590 	 */
1591 	const struct wpabuf *assocresp_ies;
1592 
1593 	/**
1594 	 * isolate - Whether to isolate frames between associated stations
1595 	 *
1596 	 * If this is non-zero, the AP is requested to disable forwarding of
1597 	 * frames between associated stations.
1598 	 */
1599 	int isolate;
1600 
1601 	/**
1602 	 * cts_protect - Whether CTS protection is enabled
1603 	 */
1604 	int cts_protect;
1605 
1606 	/**
1607 	 * preamble - Whether short preamble is enabled
1608 	 */
1609 	int preamble;
1610 
1611 	/**
1612 	 * short_slot_time - Whether short slot time is enabled
1613 	 *
1614 	 * 0 = short slot time disable, 1 = short slot time enabled, -1 = do
1615 	 * not set (e.g., when 802.11g mode is not in use)
1616 	 */
1617 	int short_slot_time;
1618 
1619 	/**
1620 	 * ht_opmode - HT operation mode or -1 if HT not in use
1621 	 */
1622 	int ht_opmode;
1623 
1624 	/**
1625 	 * interworking - Whether Interworking is enabled
1626 	 */
1627 	int interworking;
1628 
1629 	/**
1630 	 * hessid - Homogeneous ESS identifier or %NULL if not set
1631 	 */
1632 	const u8 *hessid;
1633 
1634 	/**
1635 	 * access_network_type - Access Network Type (0..15)
1636 	 *
1637 	 * This is used for filtering Probe Request frames when Interworking is
1638 	 * enabled.
1639 	 */
1640 	u8 access_network_type;
1641 
1642 	/**
1643 	 * ap_max_inactivity - Timeout in seconds to detect STA's inactivity
1644 	 *
1645 	 * This is used by driver which advertises this capability.
1646 	 */
1647 	int ap_max_inactivity;
1648 
1649 	/**
1650 	 * ctwindow - Client Traffic Window (in TUs)
1651 	 */
1652 	u8 p2p_go_ctwindow;
1653 
1654 	/**
1655 	 * disable_dgaf - Whether group-addressed frames are disabled
1656 	 */
1657 	int disable_dgaf;
1658 
1659 	/**
1660 	 * freq - Channel parameters for dynamic bandwidth changes
1661 	 */
1662 	struct hostapd_freq_params *freq;
1663 
1664 	/**
1665 	 * reenable - Whether this is to re-enable beaconing
1666 	 */
1667 	int reenable;
1668 
1669 	/**
1670 	 * pbss - Whether to start a PCP (in PBSS) instead of an AP in
1671 	 * infrastructure BSS. Valid only for DMG network.
1672 	 */
1673 	int pbss;
1674 
1675 	/**
1676 	 * multicast_to_unicast - Whether to use multicast_to_unicast
1677 	 *
1678 	 * If this is non-zero, the AP is requested to perform multicast to
1679 	 * unicast conversion for ARP, IPv4, and IPv6 frames (possibly within
1680 	 * 802.1Q). If enabled, such frames are to be sent to each station
1681 	 * separately, with the DA replaced by their own MAC address rather
1682 	 * than the group address.
1683 	 *
1684 	 * Note that this may break certain expectations of the receiver, such
1685 	 * as the ability to drop unicast IP packets received within multicast
1686 	 * L2 frames, or the ability to not send ICMP destination unreachable
1687 	 * messages for packets received in L2 multicast (which is required,
1688 	 * but the receiver can't tell the difference if this new option is
1689 	 * enabled.)
1690 	 *
1691 	 * This also doesn't implement the 802.11 DMS (directed multicast
1692 	 * service).
1693 	 */
1694 	int multicast_to_unicast;
1695 
1696 	/**
1697 	 * ftm_responder - Whether FTM responder is enabled
1698 	 */
1699 	int ftm_responder;
1700 
1701 	/**
1702 	 * lci - Binary data, the content of an LCI report IE with type 8 as
1703 	 * defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2016, 9.4.2.22.10
1704 	 */
1705 	const struct wpabuf *lci;
1706 
1707 	/**
1708 	 * civic - Binary data, the content of a measurement report IE with
1709 	 * type 11 as defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2016, 9.4.2.22.13
1710 	 */
1711 	const struct wpabuf *civic;
1712 
1713 	/**
1714 	 * he_spr_ctrl - Spatial Reuse control field of SPR element
1715 	 */
1716 	u8 he_spr_ctrl;
1717 
1718 	/**
1719 	 * he_spr_non_srg_obss_pd_max_offset - Non-SRG Maximum TX power offset
1720 	 */
1721 	u8 he_spr_non_srg_obss_pd_max_offset;
1722 
1723 	/**
1724 	 * he_spr_srg_obss_pd_min_offset - Minimum TX power offset
1725 	 */
1726 	u8 he_spr_srg_obss_pd_min_offset;
1727 
1728 	/**
1729 	 * he_spr_srg_obss_pd_max_offset - Maximum TX power offset
1730 	 */
1731 	u8 he_spr_srg_obss_pd_max_offset;
1732 
1733 	/**
1734 	 * he_spr_bss_color_bitmap - BSS color values used by members of the
1735 	 * SRG.
1736 	 */
1737 	u8 he_spr_bss_color_bitmap[8];
1738 
1739 	/**
1740 	 * he_spr_partial_bssid_bitmap - Partial BSSID values used by members
1741 	 * of the SRG.
1742 	 */
1743 	u8 he_spr_partial_bssid_bitmap[8];
1744 
1745 	/**
1746 	 * he_bss_color - Whether the BSS Color is disabled
1747 	 */
1748 	int he_bss_color_disabled;
1749 
1750 	/**
1751 	 * he_bss_color_partial - The BSS Color AID equation
1752 	 */
1753 	int he_bss_color_partial;
1754 
1755 	/**
1756 	 * he_bss_color - The BSS Color of the AP
1757 	 */
1758 	int he_bss_color;
1759 
1760 	/**
1761 	 * twt_responder - Whether Target Wait Time responder is enabled
1762 	 */
1763 	int twt_responder;
1764 
1765 	/**
1766 	 * sae_pwe - SAE mechanism for PWE derivation
1767 	 * 0 = hunting-and-pecking loop only
1768 	 * 1 = hash-to-element only
1769 	 * 2 = both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element enabled
1770 	 */
1771 	enum sae_pwe sae_pwe;
1772 
1773 	/**
1774 	 * FILS Discovery frame minimum interval in TUs
1775 	 */
1776 	u32 fd_min_int;
1777 
1778 	/**
1779 	 * FILS Discovery frame maximum interval in TUs (0 = FD frame disabled)
1780 	 */
1781 	u32 fd_max_int;
1782 
1783 	/**
1784 	 * FILS Discovery frame template data
1785 	 */
1786 	u8 *fd_frame_tmpl;
1787 
1788 	/**
1789 	 * FILS Discovery frame template length
1790 	 */
1791 	size_t fd_frame_tmpl_len;
1792 
1793 	/**
1794 	 * mbssid_tx_iface - Transmitting interface of the MBSSID set
1795 	 */
1796 	const char *mbssid_tx_iface;
1797 
1798 	/**
1799 	 * mbssid_index - The index of this BSS in the MBSSID set
1800 	 */
1801 	unsigned int mbssid_index;
1802 
1803 	/**
1804 	 * mbssid_elem - Buffer containing all MBSSID elements
1805 	 */
1806 	u8 *mbssid_elem;
1807 
1808 	/**
1809 	 * mbssid_elem_len - Total length of all MBSSID elements
1810 	 */
1811 	size_t mbssid_elem_len;
1812 
1813 	/**
1814 	 * mbssid_elem_count - The number of MBSSID elements
1815 	 */
1816 	u8 mbssid_elem_count;
1817 
1818 	/**
1819 	 * mbssid_elem_offset - Offsets to elements in mbssid_elem.
1820 	 * Kernel will use these offsets to generate multiple BSSID beacons.
1821 	 */
1822 	u8 **mbssid_elem_offset;
1823 
1824 	/**
1825 	 * ema - Enhanced MBSSID advertisements support.
1826 	 */
1827 	bool ema;
1828 
1829 	/**
1830 	 * punct_bitmap - Preamble puncturing bitmap
1831 	 * Each bit corresponds to a 20 MHz subchannel, the lowest bit for the
1832 	 * channel with the lowest frequency. A bit set to 1 indicates that the
1833 	 * subchannel is punctured, otherwise active.
1834 	 */
1835 	u16 punct_bitmap;
1836 
1837 	/**
1838 	 * rnr_elem - This buffer contains all of reduced neighbor report (RNR)
1839 	 * elements
1840 	 */
1841 	u8 *rnr_elem;
1842 
1843 	/**
1844 	 * rnr_elem_len - Length of rnr_elem buffer
1845 	 */
1846 	size_t rnr_elem_len;
1847 
1848 	/**
1849 	 * rnr_elem_count - Number of RNR elements
1850 	 */
1851 	unsigned int rnr_elem_count;
1852 
1853 	/**
1854 	 * rnr_elem_offset - The offsets to the elements in rnr_elem.
1855 	 * The driver will use these to include RNR elements in EMA beacons.
1856 	 */
1857 	u8 **rnr_elem_offset;
1858 
1859 	/* Unsolicited broadcast Probe Response data */
1860 	struct unsol_bcast_probe_resp ubpr;
1861 
1862 	/**
1863 	 * allowed_freqs - List of allowed 20 MHz channel center frequencies in
1864 	 * MHz for AP operation. Drivers which support this parameter will
1865 	 * generate a new list based on this provided list by filtering out
1866 	 * channels that cannot be used at that time due to regulatory or other
1867 	 * constraints. The resulting list is used as the list of all allowed
1868 	 * channels whenever performing operations like ACS and DFS.
1869 	 */
1870 	int *allowed_freqs;
1871 
1872 	/*
1873 	 * mld_ap - Whether operating as an AP MLD
1874 	 */
1875 	bool mld_ap;
1876 
1877 	/**
1878 	 * mld_link_id - Link id for MLD BSS's
1879 	 */
1880 	u8 mld_link_id;
1881 
1882 	/**
1883 	 * psk - PSK passed to the driver for 4-way handshake offload
1884 	 */
1885 	u8 psk[PMK_LEN];
1886 
1887 	/**
1888 	 * psk_len - PSK length in bytes (0 = not set)
1889 	 */
1890 	size_t psk_len;
1891 
1892 	/**
1893 	 * sae_password - SAE password for SAE offload
1894 	 */
1895 	const char *sae_password;
1896 };
1897 
1898 struct wpa_driver_mesh_bss_params {
1899 #define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_CONF_FLAG_AUTO_PLINKS		0x00000001
1900 #define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_CONF_FLAG_PEER_LINK_TIMEOUT	0x00000002
1901 #define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_CONF_FLAG_MAX_PEER_LINKS	0x00000004
1902 #define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_CONF_FLAG_HT_OP_MODE		0x00000008
1903 #define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_CONF_FLAG_RSSI_THRESHOLD	0x00000010
1904 #define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_CONF_FLAG_FORWARDING		0x00000020
1905 	/*
1906 	 * TODO: Other mesh configuration parameters would go here.
1907 	 * See NL80211_MESHCONF_* for all the mesh config parameters.
1908 	 */
1909 	unsigned int flags;
1910 	int auto_plinks;
1911 	int peer_link_timeout;
1912 	int max_peer_links;
1913 	int rssi_threshold;
1914 	int forwarding;
1915 	u16 ht_opmode;
1916 };
1917 
1918 struct wpa_driver_mesh_join_params {
1919 	const u8 *meshid;
1920 	int meshid_len;
1921 	const int *basic_rates;
1922 	const u8 *ies;
1923 	int ie_len;
1924 	struct hostapd_freq_params freq;
1925 	int beacon_int;
1926 	int dtim_period;
1927 	struct wpa_driver_mesh_bss_params conf;
1928 #define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_FLAG_USER_MPM	0x00000001
1929 #define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_FLAG_DRIVER_MPM	0x00000002
1930 #define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_FLAG_SAE_AUTH	0x00000004
1931 #define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_FLAG_AMPE	0x00000008
1932 	unsigned int flags;
1933 	bool handle_dfs;
1934 };
1935 
1936 struct wpa_driver_set_key_params {
1937 	/**
1938 	 * ifname - Interface name (for multi-SSID/VLAN support) */
1939 	const char *ifname;
1940 
1941 	/**
1942 	 * alg - Encryption algorithm
1943 	 *
1944 	 * (%WPA_ALG_NONE, %WPA_ALG_WEP, %WPA_ALG_TKIP, %WPA_ALG_CCMP,
1945 	 * %WPA_ALG_BIP_AES_CMAC_128, %WPA_ALG_GCMP, %WPA_ALG_GCMP_256,
1946 	 * %WPA_ALG_CCMP_256, %WPA_ALG_BIP_GMAC_128, %WPA_ALG_BIP_GMAC_256,
1947 	 * %WPA_ALG_BIP_CMAC_256);
1948 	 * %WPA_ALG_NONE clears the key. */
1949 	enum wpa_alg alg;
1950 
1951 	/**
1952 	 * addr - Address of the peer STA
1953 	 *
1954 	 * (BSSID of the current AP when setting pairwise key in station mode),
1955 	 * ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff for broadcast keys, %NULL for default keys that
1956 	 * are used both for broadcast and unicast; when clearing keys, %NULL
1957 	 * is used to indicate that both the broadcast-only and default key of
1958 	 * the specified key index is to be cleared */
1959 	const u8 *addr;
1960 
1961 	/**
1962 	 * key_idx - Key index
1963 	 *
1964 	 * (0..3), usually 0 for unicast keys; 4..5 for IGTK; 6..7 for BIGTK */
1965 	int key_idx;
1966 
1967 	/**
1968 	 * set_tx - Configure this key as the default Tx key
1969 	 *
1970 	 * Only used when driver does not support separate unicast/individual
1971 	 * key */
1972 	int set_tx;
1973 
1974 	/**
1975 	 * seq - Sequence number/packet number
1976 	 *
1977 	 * seq_len octets, the next packet number to be used for in replay
1978 	 * protection; configured for Rx keys (in most cases, this is only used
1979 	 * with broadcast keys and set to zero for unicast keys); %NULL if not
1980 	 * set */
1981 	const u8 *seq;
1982 
1983 	/**
1984 	 * seq_len - Length of the seq, depends on the algorithm
1985 	 *
1986 	 * TKIP: 6 octets, CCMP/GCMP: 6 octets, IGTK: 6 octets */
1987 	size_t seq_len;
1988 
1989 	/**
1990 	 * key - Key buffer
1991 	 *
1992 	 * TKIP: 16-byte temporal key, 8-byte Tx Mic key, 8-byte Rx Mic Key */
1993 	const u8 *key;
1994 
1995 	/**
1996 	 * key_len - Length of the key buffer in octets
1997 	 *
1998 	 * WEP: 5 or 13, TKIP: 32, CCMP/GCMP: 16, IGTK: 16 */
1999 	size_t key_len;
2000 
2001 	/**
2002 	 * vlan_id - VLAN index (0..4095) for VLAN offload cases */
2003 	int vlan_id;
2004 
2005 	/**
2006 	 * key_flag - Additional key flags
2007 	 *
2008 	 * %KEY_FLAG_MODIFY
2009 	 *  Set when an already installed key must be updated.
2010 	 *  So far the only use-case is changing RX/TX status for
2011 	 *  pairwise keys. Must not be set when deleting a key.
2012 	 * %KEY_FLAG_DEFAULT
2013 	 *  Set when the key is also a default key. Must not be set when
2014 	 *  deleting a key.
2015 	 * %KEY_FLAG_RX
2016 	 *  The key is valid for RX. Must not be set when deleting a key.
2017 	 * %KEY_FLAG_TX
2018 	 *  The key is valid for TX. Must not be set when deleting a key.
2019 	 * %KEY_FLAG_GROUP
2020 	 *  The key is a broadcast or group key.
2021 	 * %KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE
2022 	 *  The key is a pairwise key.
2023 	 * %KEY_FLAG_PMK
2024 	 *  The key is a Pairwise Master Key (PMK).
2025 	 *
2026 	 * Valid and pre-defined combinations are:
2027 	 * %KEY_FLAG_GROUP_RX_TX
2028 	 *  WEP key not to be installed as default key.
2029 	 * %KEY_FLAG_GROUP_RX_TX_DEFAULT
2030 	 *  Default WEP or WPA-NONE key.
2031 	 * %KEY_FLAG_GROUP_RX
2032 	 *  GTK key valid for RX only.
2033 	 * %KEY_FLAG_GROUP_TX_DEFAULT
2034 	 *  GTK key valid for TX only, immediately taking over TX.
2035 	 * %KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX_TX
2036 	 *  Pairwise key immediately becoming the active pairwise key. If this
2037 	 *  key was previously set as an alternative RX-only key with
2038 	 *  %KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX | %KEY_FLAG_NEXT, the alternative RX-only key
2039 	 *  is taken into use for both TX and RX without changing the RX counter
2040 	 *  values.
2041 	 * %KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX
2042 	 *  Pairwise key not yet valid for TX. (Only usable when Extended
2043 	 *  Key ID is supported by the driver or when configuring the next TK
2044 	 *  for RX-only with %KEY_FLAG_NEXT in which case the new TK can be used
2045 	 *  as an alternative key for decrypting received frames without
2046 	 *  replacing the possibly already configured old TK.)
2047 	 * %KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX_TX_MODIFY
2048 	 *  Enable TX for a pairwise key installed with
2049 	 *  KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX.
2050 	 *
2051 	 * Not a valid standalone key type but pre-defined to be combined
2052 	 * with other key_flags:
2053 	 * %KEY_FLAG_RX_TX
2054 	 *  RX/TX key. */
2055 	enum key_flag key_flag;
2056 
2057 	/**
2058 	 * link_id - MLO Link ID
2059 	 *
2060 	 * Set to a valid Link ID (0-14) when applicable, otherwise -1. */
2061 	int link_id;
2062 };
2063 
2064 enum wpa_driver_if_type {
2065 	/**
2066 	 * WPA_IF_STATION - Station mode interface
2067 	 */
2068 	WPA_IF_STATION,
2069 
2070 	/**
2071 	 * WPA_IF_AP_VLAN - AP mode VLAN interface
2072 	 *
2073 	 * This interface shares its address and Beacon frame with the main
2074 	 * BSS.
2075 	 */
2076 	WPA_IF_AP_VLAN,
2077 
2078 	/**
2079 	 * WPA_IF_AP_BSS - AP mode BSS interface
2080 	 *
2081 	 * This interface has its own address and Beacon frame.
2082 	 */
2083 	WPA_IF_AP_BSS,
2084 
2085 	/**
2086 	 * WPA_IF_P2P_GO - P2P Group Owner
2087 	 */
2088 	WPA_IF_P2P_GO,
2089 
2090 	/**
2091 	 * WPA_IF_P2P_CLIENT - P2P Client
2092 	 */
2093 	WPA_IF_P2P_CLIENT,
2094 
2095 	/**
2096 	 * WPA_IF_P2P_GROUP - P2P Group interface (will become either
2097 	 * WPA_IF_P2P_GO or WPA_IF_P2P_CLIENT, but the role is not yet known)
2098 	 */
2099 	WPA_IF_P2P_GROUP,
2100 
2101 	/**
2102 	 * WPA_IF_P2P_DEVICE - P2P Device interface is used to identify the
2103 	 * abstracted P2P Device function in the driver
2104 	 */
2105 	WPA_IF_P2P_DEVICE,
2106 
2107 	/*
2108 	 * WPA_IF_MESH - Mesh interface
2109 	 */
2110 	WPA_IF_MESH,
2111 
2112 	/*
2113 	 * WPA_IF_TDLS - TDLS offchannel interface (used for pref freq only)
2114 	 */
2115 	WPA_IF_TDLS,
2116 
2117 	/*
2118 	 * WPA_IF_IBSS - IBSS interface (used for pref freq only)
2119 	 */
2120 	WPA_IF_IBSS,
2121 
2122 	/*
2123 	 * WPA_IF_NAN - NAN Device
2124 	 */
2125 	WPA_IF_NAN,
2126 
2127 	/* keep last */
2128 	WPA_IF_MAX
2129 };
2130 
2131 /**
2132  * struct wpa_driver_capa - Driver capability information
2133  */
2134 struct wpa_driver_capa {
2135 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_WPA		0x00000001
2136 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_WPA2		0x00000002
2137 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_WPA_PSK	0x00000004
2138 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_WPA2_PSK	0x00000008
2139 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_WPA_NONE	0x00000010
2140 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_FT		0x00000020
2141 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_FT_PSK		0x00000040
2142 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_WAPI_PSK	0x00000080
2143 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_SUITE_B	0x00000100
2144 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_SUITE_B_192	0x00000200
2145 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_OWE		0x00000400
2146 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_DPP		0x00000800
2147 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_FILS_SHA256    0x00001000
2148 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_FILS_SHA384    0x00002000
2149 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_FT_FILS_SHA256 0x00004000
2150 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_FT_FILS_SHA384 0x00008000
2151 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_SAE 		0x00010000
2152 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_802_1X_SHA256	0x00020000
2153 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_PSK_SHA256	0x00040000
2154 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_TPK_HANDSHAKE	0x00080000
2155 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_FT_SAE		0x00100000
2156 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_FT_802_1X_SHA384	0x00200000
2157 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_CCKM		0x00400000
2158 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_SAE_EXT_KEY	0x01000000
2159 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_FT_SAE_EXT_KEY	0x02000000
2160 	/** Bitfield of supported key management suites */
2161 	unsigned int key_mgmt;
2162 	unsigned int key_mgmt_iftype[WPA_IF_MAX];
2163 
2164 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_WEP40	0x00000001
2165 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_WEP104	0x00000002
2166 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_TKIP	0x00000004
2167 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_CCMP	0x00000008
2168 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_WEP128	0x00000010
2169 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_GCMP	0x00000020
2170 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_GCMP_256	0x00000040
2171 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_CCMP_256	0x00000080
2172 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_BIP		0x00000100
2173 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_BIP_GMAC_128	0x00000200
2174 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_BIP_GMAC_256	0x00000400
2175 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_BIP_CMAC_256	0x00000800
2176 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_GTK_NOT_USED	0x00001000
2177 	/** Bitfield of supported cipher suites */
2178 	unsigned int enc;
2179 
2180 #define WPA_DRIVER_AUTH_OPEN		0x00000001
2181 #define WPA_DRIVER_AUTH_SHARED		0x00000002
2182 #define WPA_DRIVER_AUTH_LEAP		0x00000004
2183 	/** Bitfield of supported IEEE 802.11 authentication algorithms */
2184 	unsigned int auth;
2185 
2186 /** Driver generated WPA/RSN IE */
2187 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_DRIVER_IE	0x00000001
2188 /** Driver needs static WEP key setup after association command */
2189 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SET_KEYS_AFTER_ASSOC 0x00000002
2190 /** Driver takes care of all DFS operations */
2191 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_DFS_OFFLOAD			0x00000004
2192 /** Driver takes care of RSN 4-way handshake internally; PMK is configured with
2193  * struct wpa_driver_ops::set_key using key_flag = KEY_FLAG_PMK */
2194 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_8021X		0x00000008
2195 /** Driver is for a wired Ethernet interface */
2196 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_WIRED		0x00000010
2197 /** Driver provides separate commands for authentication and association (SME in
2198  * wpa_supplicant). */
2199 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SME		0x00000020
2200 /** Driver supports AP mode */
2201 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_AP		0x00000040
2202 /** Driver needs static WEP key setup after association has been completed */
2203 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SET_KEYS_AFTER_ASSOC_DONE	0x00000080
2204 /** Driver supports dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel changes during BSS lifetime */
2205 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_HT_2040_COEX			0x00000100
2206 /** Driver supports concurrent P2P operations */
2207 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_CONCURRENT	0x00000200
2208 /**
2209  * Driver uses the initial interface as a dedicated management interface, i.e.,
2210  * it cannot be used for P2P group operations or non-P2P purposes.
2211  */
2212 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_DEDICATED_INTERFACE	0x00000400
2213 /** This interface is P2P capable (P2P GO or P2P Client) */
2214 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_CAPABLE	0x00000800
2215 /** Driver supports station and key removal when stopping an AP */
2216 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_AP_TEARDOWN_SUPPORT		0x00001000
2217 /**
2218  * Driver uses the initial interface for P2P management interface and non-P2P
2219  * purposes (e.g., connect to infra AP), but this interface cannot be used for
2220  * P2P group operations.
2221  */
2222 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT_AND_NON_P2P		0x00002000
2223 /**
2224  * Driver is known to use valid error codes, i.e., when it indicates that
2225  * something (e.g., association) fails, there was indeed a failure and the
2226  * operation does not end up getting completed successfully later.
2227  */
2228 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_VALID_ERROR_CODES		0x00004000
2229 /** Driver supports off-channel TX */
2230 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OFFCHANNEL_TX			0x00008000
2231 /** Driver indicates TX status events for EAPOL Data frames */
2232 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_EAPOL_TX_STATUS		0x00010000
2233 /** Driver indicates TX status events for Deauth/Disassoc frames */
2234 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_DEAUTH_TX_STATUS		0x00020000
2235 /** Driver supports roaming (BSS selection) in firmware */
2236 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION			0x00040000
2237 /** Driver supports operating as a TDLS peer */
2238 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_TDLS_SUPPORT			0x00080000
2239 /** Driver requires external TDLS setup/teardown/discovery */
2240 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP		0x00100000
2241 /** Driver indicates support for Probe Response offloading in AP mode */
2242 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD		0x00200000
2243 /** Driver supports U-APSD in AP mode */
2244 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_AP_UAPSD			0x00400000
2245 /** Driver supports inactivity timer in AP mode */
2246 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_INACTIVITY_TIMER		0x00800000
2247 /** Driver expects user space implementation of MLME in AP mode */
2248 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_AP_MLME			0x01000000
2249 /** Driver supports SAE with user space SME */
2250 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SAE				0x02000000
2251 /** Driver makes use of OBSS scan mechanism in wpa_supplicant */
2252 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OBSS_SCAN			0x04000000
2253 /** Driver supports IBSS (Ad-hoc) mode */
2254 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_IBSS				0x08000000
2255 /** Driver supports radar detection */
2256 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_RADAR				0x10000000
2257 /** Driver supports a dedicated interface for P2P Device */
2258 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_DEDICATED_P2P_DEVICE		0x20000000
2259 /** Driver supports QoS Mapping */
2260 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_QOS_MAPPING			0x40000000
2261 /** Driver supports CSA in AP mode */
2262 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_AP_CSA				0x80000000
2263 /** Driver supports mesh */
2264 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_MESH			0x0000000100000000ULL
2265 /** Driver support ACS offload */
2266 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_ACS_OFFLOAD		0x0000000200000000ULL
2267 /** Driver supports key management offload */
2268 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_KEY_MGMT_OFFLOAD	0x0000000400000000ULL
2269 /** Driver supports TDLS channel switching */
2270 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH	0x0000000800000000ULL
2271 /** Driver supports IBSS with HT datarates */
2272 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_HT_IBSS		0x0000001000000000ULL
2273 /** Driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates */
2274 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_VHT_IBSS		0x0000002000000000ULL
2275 /** Driver supports automatic band selection */
2276 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SUPPORT_HW_MODE_ANY	0x0000004000000000ULL
2277 /** Driver supports simultaneous off-channel operations */
2278 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OFFCHANNEL_SIMULTANEOUS	0x0000008000000000ULL
2279 /** Driver supports full AP client state */
2280 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE	0x0000010000000000ULL
2281 /** Driver supports P2P Listen offload */
2282 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_LISTEN_OFFLOAD     0x0000020000000000ULL
2283 /** Driver supports FILS */
2284 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SUPPORT_FILS		0x0000040000000000ULL
2285 /** Driver supports Beacon frame TX rate configuration (legacy rates) */
2286 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY	0x0000080000000000ULL
2287 /** Driver supports Beacon frame TX rate configuration (HT rates) */
2288 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BEACON_RATE_HT		0x0000100000000000ULL
2289 /** Driver supports Beacon frame TX rate configuration (VHT rates) */
2290 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BEACON_RATE_VHT	0x0000200000000000ULL
2291 /** Driver supports mgmt_tx with random TX address in non-connected state */
2292 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA	0x0000400000000000ULL
2293 /** Driver supports mgmt_tx with random TX addr in connected state */
2294 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED	0x0000800000000000ULL
2295 /** Driver supports better BSS reporting with sched_scan in connected mode */
2296 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI	0x0001000000000000ULL
2297 /** Driver supports HE capabilities */
2298 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_HE_CAPABILITIES	0x0002000000000000ULL
2299 /** Driver supports FILS shared key offload */
2300 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD	0x0004000000000000ULL
2301 /** Driver supports all OCE STA specific mandatory features */
2302 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OCE_STA		0x0008000000000000ULL
2303 /** Driver supports all OCE AP specific mandatory features */
2304 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OCE_AP			0x0010000000000000ULL
2305 /**
2306  * Driver supports all OCE STA-CFON specific mandatory features only.
2307  * If a driver sets this bit but not the %WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OCE_AP, the
2308  * userspace shall assume that this driver may not support all OCE AP
2309  * functionality but can support only OCE STA-CFON functionality.
2310  */
2311 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OCE_STA_CFON		0x0020000000000000ULL
2312 /** Driver supports MFP-optional in the connect command */
2313 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_MFP_OPTIONAL		0x0040000000000000ULL
2314 /** Driver is a self-managed regulatory device */
2315 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SELF_MANAGED_REGULATORY       0x0080000000000000ULL
2316 /** Driver supports FTM responder functionality */
2317 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_FTM_RESPONDER		0x0100000000000000ULL
2318 /** Driver support 4-way handshake offload for WPA-Personal */
2319 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_PSK	0x0200000000000000ULL
2320 /** Driver supports a separate control port TX for EAPOL frames */
2321 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_CONTROL_PORT		0x0400000000000000ULL
2322 /** Driver supports VLAN offload */
2323 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_VLAN_OFFLOAD		0x0800000000000000ULL
2324 /** Driver supports UPDATE_FT_IES command */
2325 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_UPDATE_FT_IES		0x1000000000000000ULL
2326 /** Driver can correctly rekey PTKs without Extended Key ID */
2327 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SAFE_PTK0_REKEYS	0x2000000000000000ULL
2328 /** Driver supports Beacon protection */
2329 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BEACON_PROTECTION	0x4000000000000000ULL
2330 /** Driver supports Extended Key ID */
2331 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_EXTENDED_KEY_ID	0x8000000000000000ULL
2332 	u64 flags;
2333 
2334 /** Driver supports a separate control port RX for EAPOL frames */
2335 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_CONTROL_PORT_RX	0x0000000000000001ULL
2336 /** Driver supports TX status reports for EAPOL frames through control port */
2337 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_CONTROL_PORT_TX_STATUS 0x0000000000000002ULL
2338 /** Driver supports secure LTF in AP mode */
2339 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_SEC_LTF_AP		0x0000000000000004ULL
2340 /** Driver supports secure RTT measurement exchange in AP mode */
2341 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_SEC_RTT_AP		0x0000000000000008ULL
2342 /**
2343  * Driver supports protection of range negotiation and measurement management
2344  * frames in AP mode
2345  */
2346 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_PROT_RANGE_NEG_AP	0x0000000000000010ULL
2347 /** Driver supports Beacon frame TX rate configuration (HE rates) */
2348 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_BEACON_RATE_HE	0x0000000000000020ULL
2349 /** Driver supports Beacon protection only in client mode */
2350 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT 0x0000000000000040ULL
2351 /** Driver supports Operating Channel Validation */
2352 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_OCV			0x0000000000000080ULL
2353 /** Driver expects user space implementation of SME in AP mode */
2354 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_AP_SME		0x0000000000000100ULL
2355 /** Driver handles SA Query procedures in AP mode */
2356 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_AP	0x0000000000000200ULL
2357 /** Driver supports background radar/CAC detection */
2358 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_RADAR_BACKGROUND	0x0000000000000400ULL
2359 /** Driver supports secure LTF in STA mode */
2360 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_SEC_LTF_STA		0x0000000000000800ULL
2361 /** Driver supports secure RTT measurement exchange in STA mode */
2362 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_SEC_RTT_STA		0x0000000000001000ULL
2363 /**
2364  * Driver supports protection of range negotiation and measurement management
2365  * frames in STA mode
2366  */
2367 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_PROT_RANGE_NEG_STA	0x0000000000002000ULL
2368 /** Driver supports MLO in station/AP mode */
2369 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_MLO			0x0000000000004000ULL
2370 /** Driver supports minimal scan request probe content  */
2371 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_SCAN_MIN_PREQ         0x0000000000008000ULL
2372 /** Driver supports SAE authentication offload in STA mode */
2373 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_SAE_OFFLOAD_STA	0x0000000000010000ULL
2374 /** Driver support AP_PSK authentication offload */
2375 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK	0x0000000000020000ULL
2376 /** Driver supports OWE STA offload */
2377 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_OWE_OFFLOAD_STA	0x0000000000040000ULL
2378 /** Driver supports OWE AP offload */
2379 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP	0x0000000000080000ULL
2380 /** Driver support AP SAE authentication offload */
2381 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP	0x0000000000100000ULL
2382 /** Driver supports TWT responder in HT and VHT modes */
2383 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_HT_VHT_TWT_RESPONDER	0x0000000000200000ULL
2384 /** Driver supports RSN override elements */
2385 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_RSN_OVERRIDE_STA	0x0000000000400000ULL
2386 /** Driver supports NAN offload */
2387 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_NAN_OFFLOAD		0x0000000000800000ULL
2388 /** Driver/device supports SPP A-MSDUs */
2389 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_SPP_AMSDU		0x0000000001000000ULL
2390 /** Driver supports P2P V2 */
2391 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_P2P_FEATURE_V2	0x0000000002000000ULL
2392 /** Driver supports P2P PCC mode */
2393 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_P2P_FEATURE_PCC_MODE	0x0000000004000000ULL
2394 	u64 flags2;
2395 
2396 #define FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE_SUPP(drv_flags) \
2397 	(drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE)
2398 
2399 	unsigned int wmm_ac_supported:1;
2400 
2401 	unsigned int mac_addr_rand_scan_supported:1;
2402 	unsigned int mac_addr_rand_sched_scan_supported:1;
2403 
2404 	/** Maximum number of supported active probe SSIDs */
2405 	int max_scan_ssids;
2406 
2407 	/** Maximum number of supported active probe SSIDs for sched_scan */
2408 	int max_sched_scan_ssids;
2409 
2410 	/** Maximum number of supported scan plans for scheduled scan */
2411 	unsigned int max_sched_scan_plans;
2412 
2413 	/** Maximum interval in a scan plan. In seconds */
2414 	u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
2415 
2416 	/** Maximum number of iterations in a single scan plan */
2417 	u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
2418 
2419 	/** Whether sched_scan (offloaded scanning) is supported */
2420 	int sched_scan_supported;
2421 
2422 	/** Maximum number of supported match sets for sched_scan */
2423 	int max_match_sets;
2424 
2425 	/**
2426 	 * max_remain_on_chan - Maximum remain-on-channel duration in msec
2427 	 */
2428 	unsigned int max_remain_on_chan;
2429 
2430 	/**
2431 	 * max_stations - Maximum number of associated stations the driver
2432 	 * supports in AP mode
2433 	 */
2434 	unsigned int max_stations;
2435 
2436 	/**
2437 	 * probe_resp_offloads - Bitmap of supported protocols by the driver
2438 	 * for Probe Response offloading.
2439 	 */
2440 /** Driver Probe Response offloading support for WPS ver. 1 */
2441 #define WPA_DRIVER_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_WPS		0x00000001
2442 /** Driver Probe Response offloading support for WPS ver. 2 */
2443 #define WPA_DRIVER_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_WPS2		0x00000002
2444 /** Driver Probe Response offloading support for P2P */
2445 #define WPA_DRIVER_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_P2P		0x00000004
2446 /** Driver Probe Response offloading support for IEEE 802.11u (Interworking) */
2447 #define WPA_DRIVER_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_INTERWORKING	0x00000008
2448 	unsigned int probe_resp_offloads;
2449 
2450 	unsigned int max_acl_mac_addrs;
2451 
2452 	/**
2453 	 * Number of supported concurrent channels
2454 	 */
2455 	unsigned int num_multichan_concurrent;
2456 
2457 	/**
2458 	 * extended_capa - extended capabilities in driver/device
2459 	 *
2460 	 * Must be allocated and freed by driver and the pointers must be
2461 	 * valid for the lifetime of the driver, i.e., freed in deinit()
2462 	 */
2463 	const u8 *extended_capa, *extended_capa_mask;
2464 	unsigned int extended_capa_len;
2465 
2466 	struct wowlan_triggers wowlan_triggers;
2467 
2468 /** Driver adds the DS Params Set IE in Probe Request frames */
2469 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES	0x00000001
2470 /** Driver adds the WFA TPC IE in Probe Request frames */
2471 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES		0x00000002
2472 /** Driver handles quiet period requests */
2473 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_QUIET				0x00000004
2474 /**
2475  * Driver is capable of inserting the current TX power value into the body of
2476  * transmitted frames.
2477  * Background: Some Action frames include a TPC Report IE. This IE contains a
2478  * TX power field, which has to be updated by lower layers. One such Action
2479  * frame is Link Measurement Report (part of RRM). Another is TPC Report (part
2480  * of spectrum management). Note that this insertion takes place at a fixed
2481  * offset, namely the 6th byte in the Action frame body.
2482  */
2483 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_TX_POWER_INSERTION		0x00000008
2484 /**
2485  * Driver supports RRM. With this support, the driver will accept to use RRM in
2486  * (Re)Association Request frames, without supporting quiet period.
2487  */
2488 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SUPPORT_RRM			0x00000010
2489 
2490 /** Driver supports setting the scan dwell time */
2491 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SUPPORT_SET_SCAN_DWELL		0x00000020
2492 /** Driver supports Beacon Report Measurement */
2493 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SUPPORT_BEACON_REPORT		0x00000040
2494 
2495 	u32 rrm_flags;
2496 
2497 	/* Driver concurrency capabilities */
2498 	unsigned int conc_capab;
2499 	/* Maximum number of concurrent channels on 2.4 GHz */
2500 	unsigned int max_conc_chan_2_4;
2501 	/* Maximum number of concurrent channels on 5 GHz */
2502 	unsigned int max_conc_chan_5_0;
2503 
2504 	/* Maximum number of supported CSA counters */
2505 	u16 max_csa_counters;
2506 
2507 	/* Maximum number of supported AKM suites in commands */
2508 	unsigned int max_num_akms;
2509 
2510 	/* Maximum number of interfaces supported for MBSSID advertisement */
2511 	unsigned int mbssid_max_interfaces;
2512 	/* Maximum profile periodicity for enhanced MBSSID advertisement */
2513 	unsigned int ema_max_periodicity;
2514 
2515 	/* Maximum number of bytes of extra IE(s) that can be added to Probe
2516 	 * Request frames */
2517 	size_t max_probe_req_ie_len;
2518 };
2519 
2520 
2521 struct hostapd_data;
2522 
2523 enum guard_interval {
2524 	GUARD_INTERVAL_0_4 = 1,
2525 	GUARD_INTERVAL_0_8 = 2,
2526 	GUARD_INTERVAL_1_6 = 3,
2527 	GUARD_INTERVAL_3_2 = 4,
2528 };
2529 
2530 #define STA_DRV_DATA_TX_MCS BIT(0)
2531 #define STA_DRV_DATA_RX_MCS BIT(1)
2532 #define STA_DRV_DATA_TX_VHT_MCS BIT(2)
2533 #define STA_DRV_DATA_RX_VHT_MCS BIT(3)
2534 #define STA_DRV_DATA_TX_VHT_NSS BIT(4)
2535 #define STA_DRV_DATA_RX_VHT_NSS BIT(5)
2536 #define STA_DRV_DATA_TX_SHORT_GI BIT(6)
2537 #define STA_DRV_DATA_RX_SHORT_GI BIT(7)
2538 #define STA_DRV_DATA_LAST_ACK_RSSI BIT(8)
2539 #define STA_DRV_DATA_CONN_TIME BIT(9)
2540 #define STA_DRV_DATA_TX_HE_MCS BIT(10)
2541 #define STA_DRV_DATA_RX_HE_MCS BIT(11)
2542 #define STA_DRV_DATA_TX_HE_NSS BIT(12)
2543 #define STA_DRV_DATA_RX_HE_NSS BIT(13)
2544 #define STA_DRV_DATA_TX_HE_DCM BIT(14)
2545 #define STA_DRV_DATA_RX_HE_DCM BIT(15)
2546 #define STA_DRV_DATA_TX_HE_GI BIT(16)
2547 #define STA_DRV_DATA_RX_HE_GI BIT(17)
2548 
2549 struct hostap_sta_driver_data {
2550 	unsigned long rx_packets, tx_packets;
2551 	unsigned long long rx_bytes, tx_bytes;
2552 	unsigned long long rx_airtime, tx_airtime;
2553 	unsigned long long beacons_count;
2554 	int bytes_64bit; /* whether 64-bit byte counters are supported */
2555 	unsigned long current_tx_rate; /* in kbps */
2556 	unsigned long current_rx_rate; /* in kbps */
2557 	unsigned long inactive_msec;
2558 	unsigned long connected_sec;
2559 	unsigned long flags; /* bitfield of STA_DRV_DATA_* */
2560 	unsigned long num_ps_buf_frames;
2561 	unsigned long tx_retry_failed;
2562 	unsigned long tx_retry_count;
2563 	s8 last_ack_rssi;
2564 	unsigned long backlog_packets;
2565 	unsigned long backlog_bytes;
2566 	unsigned long fcs_error_count;
2567 	unsigned long beacon_loss_count;
2568 	unsigned long expected_throughput;
2569 	unsigned long rx_drop_misc;
2570 	unsigned long rx_mpdus;
2571 	int signal; /* dBm; or -WPA_INVALID_NOISE */
2572 	u8 rx_hemcs;
2573 	u8 tx_hemcs;
2574 	u8 rx_vhtmcs;
2575 	u8 tx_vhtmcs;
2576 	u8 rx_mcs;
2577 	u8 tx_mcs;
2578 	u8 rx_he_nss;
2579 	u8 tx_he_nss;
2580 	u8 rx_vht_nss;
2581 	u8 tx_vht_nss;
2582 	s8 avg_signal; /* dBm */
2583 	s8 avg_beacon_signal; /* dBm */
2584 	s8 avg_ack_signal; /* dBm */
2585 	enum guard_interval rx_guard_interval, tx_guard_interval;
2586 	u8 rx_dcm, tx_dcm;
2587 };
2588 
2589 struct hostapd_sta_add_params {
2590 	const u8 *addr;
2591 	u16 aid;
2592 	u16 capability;
2593 	const u8 *supp_rates;
2594 	size_t supp_rates_len;
2595 	u16 listen_interval;
2596 	const struct ieee80211_ht_capabilities *ht_capabilities;
2597 	const struct ieee80211_vht_capabilities *vht_capabilities;
2598 	int vht_opmode_enabled;
2599 	u8 vht_opmode;
2600 	const struct ieee80211_he_capabilities *he_capab;
2601 	size_t he_capab_len;
2602 	const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_band_cap *he_6ghz_capab;
2603 	const struct ieee80211_eht_capabilities *eht_capab;
2604 	size_t eht_capab_len;
2605 	u32 flags; /* bitmask of WPA_STA_* flags */
2606 	u32 flags_mask; /* unset bits in flags */
2607 #ifdef CONFIG_MESH
2608 	enum mesh_plink_state plink_state;
2609 	u16 peer_aid;
2610 #endif /* CONFIG_MESH */
2611 	int set; /* Set STA parameters instead of add */
2612 	u8 qosinfo;
2613 	const u8 *ext_capab;
2614 	size_t ext_capab_len;
2615 	const u8 *supp_channels;
2616 	size_t supp_channels_len;
2617 	const u8 *supp_oper_classes;
2618 	size_t supp_oper_classes_len;
2619 	int support_p2p_ps;
2620 
2621 	bool mld_link_sta;
2622 	s8 mld_link_id;
2623 	const u8 *mld_link_addr;
2624 	u16 eml_cap;
2625 };
2626 
2627 struct mac_address {
2628 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
2629 };
2630 
2631 struct hostapd_acl_params {
2632 	u8 acl_policy;
2633 	unsigned int num_mac_acl;
2634 	struct mac_address mac_acl[0];
2635 };
2636 
2637 struct wpa_init_params {
2638 	void *global_priv;
2639 	const u8 *bssid;
2640 	const char *ifname;
2641 	const char *driver_params;
2642 	int use_pae_group_addr;
2643 	char **bridge;
2644 	size_t num_bridge;
2645 
2646 	u8 *own_addr; /* buffer for writing own MAC address */
2647 };
2648 
2649 
2650 struct wpa_bss_params {
2651 	/** Interface name (for multi-SSID/VLAN support) */
2652 	const char *ifname;
2653 	/** Whether IEEE 802.1X or WPA/WPA2 is enabled */
2654 	int enabled;
2655 
2656 	int wpa;
2657 	int ieee802_1x;
2658 	int wpa_group;
2659 	int wpa_pairwise;
2660 	int wpa_key_mgmt;
2661 	int rsn_preauth;
2662 	enum mfp_options ieee80211w;
2663 };
2664 
2665 #define WPA_STA_AUTHORIZED BIT(0)
2666 #define WPA_STA_WMM BIT(1)
2667 #define WPA_STA_SHORT_PREAMBLE BIT(2)
2668 #define WPA_STA_MFP BIT(3)
2669 #define WPA_STA_TDLS_PEER BIT(4)
2670 #define WPA_STA_AUTHENTICATED BIT(5)
2671 #define WPA_STA_ASSOCIATED BIT(6)
2672 #define WPA_STA_SPP_AMSDU BIT(7)
2673 
2674 enum tdls_oper {
2675 	TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
2676 	TDLS_SETUP,
2677 	TDLS_TEARDOWN,
2678 	TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
2679 	TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
2680 	TDLS_ENABLE,
2681 	TDLS_DISABLE
2682 };
2683 
2684 enum wnm_oper {
2685 	WNM_SLEEP_ENTER_CONFIRM,
2686 	WNM_SLEEP_ENTER_FAIL,
2687 	WNM_SLEEP_EXIT_CONFIRM,
2688 	WNM_SLEEP_EXIT_FAIL,
2689 	WNM_SLEEP_TFS_REQ_IE_ADD,   /* STA requests driver to add TFS req IE */
2690 	WNM_SLEEP_TFS_REQ_IE_NONE,  /* STA requests empty TFS req IE */
2691 	WNM_SLEEP_TFS_REQ_IE_SET,   /* AP requests driver to set TFS req IE for
2692 				     * a STA */
2693 	WNM_SLEEP_TFS_RESP_IE_ADD,  /* AP requests driver to add TFS resp IE
2694 				     * for a STA */
2695 	WNM_SLEEP_TFS_RESP_IE_NONE, /* AP requests empty TFS resp IE */
2696 	WNM_SLEEP_TFS_RESP_IE_SET,  /* AP requests driver to set TFS resp IE
2697 				     * for a STA */
2698 	WNM_SLEEP_TFS_IE_DEL        /* AP delete the TFS IE */
2699 };
2700 
2701 /* enum smps_mode - SMPS mode definitions */
2702 enum smps_mode {
2703 	SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
2704 	SMPS_OFF,
2705 	SMPS_DYNAMIC,
2706 	SMPS_STATIC,
2707 
2708 	/* Keep last */
2709 	SMPS_INVALID,
2710 };
2711 
2712 #define WPA_INVALID_NOISE 9999
2713 
2714 /**
2715  * struct wpa_signal_info - Information about channel signal quality
2716  * @frequency: control frequency
2717  * @above_threshold: true if the above threshold was crossed
2718  *	(relevant for a CQM event)
2719  * @data: STA information
2720  * @current_noise: %WPA_INVALID_NOISE if not supported
2721  * @chanwidth: channel width
2722  * @center_frq1: center frequency for the first segment
2723  * @center_frq2: center frequency for the second segment (if relevant)
2724  */
2725 struct wpa_signal_info {
2726 	u32 frequency;
2727 	int above_threshold;
2728 	struct hostap_sta_driver_data data;
2729 	int current_noise;
2730 	enum chan_width chanwidth;
2731 	int center_frq1;
2732 	int center_frq2;
2733 };
2734 
2735 struct wpa_mlo_signal_info {
2736 	u16 valid_links;
2737 	struct wpa_signal_info links[MAX_NUM_MLD_LINKS];
2738 };
2739 
2740 /**
2741  * struct wpa_channel_info - Information about the current channel
2742  * @frequency: Center frequency of the primary 20 MHz channel
2743  * @chanwidth: Width of the current operating channel
2744  * @sec_channel: Location of the secondary 20 MHz channel (either +1 or -1).
2745  *	This field is only filled in when using a 40 MHz channel.
2746  * @center_frq1: Center frequency of frequency segment 0
2747  * @center_frq2: Center frequency of frequency segment 1 (for 80+80 channels)
2748  * @seg1_idx: Frequency segment 1 index when using a 80+80 channel. This is
2749  *	derived from center_frq2 for convenience.
2750  */
2751 struct wpa_channel_info {
2752 	u32 frequency;
2753 	enum chan_width chanwidth;
2754 	int sec_channel;
2755 	int center_frq1;
2756 	int center_frq2;
2757 	u8 seg1_idx;
2758 };
2759 
2760 /**
2761  * struct beacon_data - Beacon data
2762  * @head: Head portion of Beacon frame (before TIM IE)
2763  * @tail: Tail portion of Beacon frame (after TIM IE)
2764  * @beacon_ies: Extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
2765  * @proberesp_ies: Extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
2766  *	frames or %NULL
2767  * @assocresp_ies: Extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
2768  *	Response frames or %NULL
2769  * @probe_resp: Probe Response frame template
2770  * @head_len: Length of @head
2771  * @tail_len: Length of @tail
2772  * @beacon_ies_len: Length of beacon_ies in octets
2773  * @proberesp_ies_len: Length of proberesp_ies in octets
2774  * @proberesp_ies_len: Length of proberesp_ies in octets
2775  * @probe_resp_len: Length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
2776  */
2777 struct beacon_data {
2778 	u8 *head, *tail;
2779 	u8 *beacon_ies;
2780 	u8 *proberesp_ies;
2781 	u8 *assocresp_ies;
2782 	u8 *probe_resp;
2783 
2784 	size_t head_len, tail_len;
2785 	size_t beacon_ies_len;
2786 	size_t proberesp_ies_len;
2787 	size_t assocresp_ies_len;
2788 	size_t probe_resp_len;
2789 };
2790 
2791 /**
2792  * struct csa_settings - Settings for channel switch command
2793  * @cs_count: Count in Beacon frames (TBTT) to perform the switch
2794  * @block_tx: 1 - block transmission for CSA period
2795  * @freq_params: Next channel frequency parameter
2796  * @beacon_csa: Beacon/probe resp/asooc resp info for CSA period
2797  * @beacon_after: Next beacon/probe resp/asooc resp info
2798  * @counter_offset_beacon: Offset to the count field in beacon's tail
2799  * @counter_offset_presp: Offset to the count field in probe resp.
2800  * @link_id: Link ID to determine the link for MLD; -1 for non-MLD
2801  * @ubpr: Unsolicited broadcast Probe Response frame data
2802  */
2803 struct csa_settings {
2804 	u8 cs_count;
2805 	u8 block_tx;
2806 
2807 	struct hostapd_freq_params freq_params;
2808 	struct beacon_data beacon_csa;
2809 	struct beacon_data beacon_after;
2810 
2811 	u16 counter_offset_beacon[2];
2812 	u16 counter_offset_presp[2];
2813 
2814 	int link_id;
2815 
2816 	struct unsol_bcast_probe_resp ubpr;
2817 };
2818 
2819 /**
2820  * struct cca_settings - Settings for color switch command
2821  * @cca_count: Count in Beacon frames (TBTT) to perform the switch
2822  * @cca_color: The new color that we are switching to
2823  * @beacon_cca: Beacon/Probe Response/(Re)Association Response frame info for
2824  * color switch period
2825  * @beacon_after: Next Beacon/Probe Response/(Re)Association Response frame info
2826  * @counter_offset_beacon: Offset to the count field in Beacon frame tail
2827  * @counter_offset_presp: Offset to the count field in Probe Response frame
2828  * @ubpr: Unsolicited broadcast Probe Response frame data
2829  * @link_id: If >= 0 indicates the link of the AP MLD to configure
2830  */
2831 struct cca_settings {
2832 	u8 cca_count;
2833 	u8 cca_color;
2834 
2835 	struct beacon_data beacon_cca;
2836 	struct beacon_data beacon_after;
2837 
2838 	u16 counter_offset_beacon;
2839 	u16 counter_offset_presp;
2840 
2841 	struct unsol_bcast_probe_resp ubpr;
2842 
2843 	int link_id;
2844 };
2845 
2846 /* TDLS peer capabilities for send_tdls_mgmt() */
2847 enum tdls_peer_capability {
2848 	TDLS_PEER_HT = BIT(0),
2849 	TDLS_PEER_VHT = BIT(1),
2850 	TDLS_PEER_WMM = BIT(2),
2851 	TDLS_PEER_HE = BIT(3),
2852 };
2853 
2854 /* valid info in the wmm_params struct */
2855 enum wmm_params_valid_info {
2856 	WMM_PARAMS_UAPSD_QUEUES_INFO = BIT(0),
2857 };
2858 
2859 /**
2860  * struct wmm_params - WMM parameterss configured for this association
2861  * @info_bitmap: Bitmap of valid wmm_params info; indicates what fields
2862  *	of the struct contain valid information.
2863  * @uapsd_queues: Bitmap of ACs configured for uapsd (valid only if
2864  *	%WMM_PARAMS_UAPSD_QUEUES_INFO is set)
2865  */
2866 struct wmm_params {
2867 	u8 info_bitmap;
2868 	u8 uapsd_queues;
2869 };
2870 
2871 #ifdef CONFIG_MACSEC
2872 struct macsec_init_params {
2873 	bool always_include_sci;
2874 	bool use_es;
2875 	bool use_scb;
2876 };
2877 #endif /* CONFIG_MACSEC */
2878 
2879 enum drv_br_port_attr {
2880 	DRV_BR_PORT_ATTR_PROXYARP,
2881 	DRV_BR_PORT_ATTR_HAIRPIN_MODE,
2882 	DRV_BR_PORT_ATTR_MCAST2UCAST,
2883 };
2884 
2885 enum drv_br_net_param {
2886 	DRV_BR_NET_PARAM_GARP_ACCEPT,
2887 	DRV_BR_MULTICAST_SNOOPING,
2888 };
2889 
2890 struct drv_acs_params {
2891 	/* Selected mode (HOSTAPD_MODE_*) */
2892 	enum hostapd_hw_mode hw_mode;
2893 
2894 	/* Indicates whether HT is enabled */
2895 	int ht_enabled;
2896 
2897 	/* Indicates whether HT40 is enabled */
2898 	int ht40_enabled;
2899 
2900 	/* Indicates whether VHT is enabled */
2901 	int vht_enabled;
2902 
2903 	/* Configured ACS channel width */
2904 	u16 ch_width;
2905 
2906 	/* ACS frequency list info */
2907 	const int *freq_list;
2908 
2909 	/* Indicates whether EDMG is enabled */
2910 	int edmg_enabled;
2911 
2912 	/* Indicates whether EHT is enabled */
2913 	bool eht_enabled;
2914 
2915 	/* Indicates the link if MLO case; -1 otherwise */
2916 	int link_id;
2917 };
2918 
2919 struct wpa_bss_trans_info {
2920 	u8 mbo_transition_reason;
2921 	u8 n_candidates;
2922 	u8 *bssid;
2923 };
2924 
2925 struct wpa_bss_candidate_info {
2926 	u8 num;
2927 	struct candidate_list {
2928 		u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2929 		u8 is_accept;
2930 		u32 reject_reason;
2931 	} *candidates;
2932 };
2933 
2934 struct wpa_pmkid_params {
2935 	const u8 *bssid;
2936 	const u8 *ssid;
2937 	size_t ssid_len;
2938 	const u8 *fils_cache_id;
2939 	const u8 *pmkid;
2940 	const u8 *pmk;
2941 	size_t pmk_len;
2942 	u32 pmk_lifetime;
2943 	u8 pmk_reauth_threshold;
2944 };
2945 
2946 /* Mask used to specify which connection parameters have to be updated */
2947 enum wpa_drv_update_connect_params_mask {
2948 	WPA_DRV_UPDATE_ASSOC_IES	= BIT(0),
2949 	WPA_DRV_UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO	= BIT(1),
2950 	WPA_DRV_UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE	= BIT(2),
2951 #if defined(CONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211_BRCM) || defined(CONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211_SYNA)
2952 	WPA_DRV_UPDATE_TD_POLICY	= BIT(3),
2953 #endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211_BRCM || CONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211_SYNA */
2954 };
2955 
2956 /**
2957  * struct external_auth - External authentication trigger parameters
2958  *
2959  * These are used across the external authentication request and event
2960  * interfaces.
2961  * @action: Action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
2962  *	for the event interface.
2963  * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has to happen. Used
2964  *	by both the request and event interface.
2965  * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the request and event interface.
2966  * @ssid_len: SSID length in octets.
2967  * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Optional for
2968  *	the request interface.
2969  * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
2970  *	use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if wpa_supplicant cannot give
2971  *	the real status code for failures. Used only for the request interface
2972  *	from user space to the driver.
2973  * @pmkid: Generated PMKID as part of external auth exchange (e.g., SAE).
2974  * @mld_addr: AP's MLD address or %NULL if MLO is not used
2975  */
2976 struct external_auth {
2977 	enum {
2978 		EXT_AUTH_START,
2979 		EXT_AUTH_ABORT,
2980 	} action;
2981 	const u8 *bssid;
2982 	const u8 *ssid;
2983 	size_t ssid_len;
2984 	unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
2985 	u16 status;
2986 	const u8 *pmkid;
2987 	const u8 *mld_addr;
2988 };
2989 
2990 #define WPAS_MAX_PASN_PEERS 10
2991 
2992 enum pasn_status {
2993 	PASN_STATUS_SUCCESS = 0,
2994 	PASN_STATUS_FAILURE = 1,
2995 };
2996 
2997 /**
2998  * struct pasn_peer - PASN peer parameters
2999  *
3000  * Used to process the PASN authentication event from the driver to
3001  * userspace and to send a response back.
3002  * @own_addr: Own MAC address specified by the driver to use for PASN
3003  *	handshake.
3004  * @peer_addr: MAC address of the peer with which PASN authentication is to be
3005  *	performed.
3006  * @network_id: Unique id for the network.
3007  *	This identifier is used as a unique identifier for each network
3008  *	block when using the control interface. Each network is allocated an
3009  *	id when it is being created, either when reading the configuration
3010  *	file or when a new network is added through the control interface.
3011  * @akmp: Authentication key management protocol type supported.
3012  * @cipher: Cipher suite.
3013  * @group: Finite cyclic group. Default group used is 19 (ECC).
3014  * @ltf_keyseed_required: Indicates whether LTF keyseed generation is required
3015  * @status: PASN response status, %PASN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful
3016  *	authentication, use %PASN_STATUS_FAILURE if PASN authentication
3017  *	fails or if wpa_supplicant fails to set the security ranging context to
3018  *	the driver
3019  */
3020 struct pasn_peer {
3021 	u8 own_addr[ETH_ALEN];
3022 	u8 peer_addr[ETH_ALEN];
3023 	int network_id;
3024 	int akmp;
3025 	int cipher;
3026 	int group;
3027 	bool ltf_keyseed_required;
3028 	enum pasn_status status;
3029 };
3030 
3031 /**
3032  * struct pasn_auth - PASN authentication trigger parameters
3033  *
3034  * These are used across the PASN authentication event from the driver to
3035  * userspace and to send a response to it.
3036  * @action: Action type. Only significant for the event interface.
3037  * @num_peers: The number of peers for which the PASN handshake is requested
3038  *	for.
3039  * @peer: Holds the peer details.
3040  */
3041 struct pasn_auth {
3042 	enum {
3043 		PASN_ACTION_AUTH,
3044 		PASN_ACTION_DELETE_SECURE_RANGING_CONTEXT,
3045 	} action;
3046 	unsigned int num_peers;
3047 	struct pasn_peer peer[WPAS_MAX_PASN_PEERS];
3048 };
3049 
3050 /**
3051  * struct secure_ranging_params - Parameters required to set secure ranging
3052  *	context for a peer.
3053  *
3054  * @action: Add or delete a security context to the driver.
3055  * @own_addr: Own MAC address used during key derivation.
3056  * @peer_addr: Address of the peer device.
3057  * @cipher: Cipher suite.
3058  * @tk_len: Length of temporal key.
3059  * @tk: Temporal key buffer.
3060  * @ltf_keyseed_len: Length of LTF keyseed.
3061  * @ltf_keyeed: LTF keyseed buffer.
3062  */
3063 struct secure_ranging_params {
3064 	u32 action;
3065 	const u8 *own_addr;
3066 	const u8 *peer_addr;
3067 	u32 cipher;
3068 	u8 tk_len;
3069 	const u8 *tk;
3070 	u8 ltf_keyseed_len;
3071 	const u8 *ltf_keyseed;
3072 };
3073 
3074 /* enum nested_attr - Used to specify if subcommand uses nested attributes */
3075 enum nested_attr {
3076 	NESTED_ATTR_NOT_USED = 0,
3077 	NESTED_ATTR_USED = 1,
3078 	NESTED_ATTR_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
3079 };
3080 
3081 /* Preferred channel list information */
3082 
3083 /* GO role */
3084 #define WEIGHTED_PCL_GO BIT(0)
3085 /* P2P Client role */
3086 #define WEIGHTED_PCL_CLI BIT(1)
3087 /* Must be considered for operating channel */
3088 #define WEIGHTED_PCL_MUST_CONSIDER BIT(2)
3089 /* Should be excluded in GO negotiation */
3090 #define WEIGHTED_PCL_EXCLUDE BIT(3)
3091 
3092 /* Preferred channel list with weight */
3093 struct weighted_pcl {
3094 	u32 freq; /* MHz */
3095 	u8 weight;
3096 	u32 flag; /* bitmap for WEIGHTED_PCL_* */
3097 };
3098 
3099 struct driver_sta_mlo_info {
3100 	bool default_map;
3101 	u16 req_links; /* bitmap of requested link IDs */
3102 	u16 valid_links; /* bitmap of accepted link IDs */
3103 	u8 assoc_link_id;
3104 	u8 ap_mld_addr[ETH_ALEN];
3105 	struct {
3106 		u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3107 		u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
3108 		unsigned int freq;
3109 		struct t2lm_mapping t2lmap;
3110 	} links[MAX_NUM_MLD_LINKS];
3111 };
3112 
3113 /**
3114  * struct wpa_driver_ops - Driver interface API definition
3115  *
3116  * This structure defines the API that each driver interface needs to implement
3117  * for core wpa_supplicant code. All driver specific functionality is captured
3118  * in this wrapper.
3119  */
3120 struct wpa_driver_ops {
3121 	/** Name of the driver interface */
3122 	const char *name;
3123 	/** One line description of the driver interface */
3124 	const char *desc;
3125 
3126 	/**
3127 	 * get_bssid - Get the current BSSID
3128 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
3129 	 * @bssid: buffer for BSSID (ETH_ALEN = 6 bytes)
3130 	 *
3131 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3132 	 *
3133 	 * Query kernel driver for the current BSSID and copy it to bssid.
3134 	 * Setting bssid to 00:00:00:00:00:00 is recommended if the STA is not
3135 	 * associated.
3136 	 */
3137 	int (*get_bssid)(void *priv, u8 *bssid);
3138 
3139 	/**
3140 	 * get_ssid - Get the current SSID
3141 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
3142 	 * @ssid: buffer for SSID (at least 32 bytes)
3143 	 *
3144 	 * Returns: Length of the SSID on success, -1 on failure
3145 	 *
3146 	 * Query kernel driver for the current SSID and copy it to ssid.
3147 	 * Returning zero is recommended if the STA is not associated.
3148 	 *
3149 	 * Note: SSID is an array of octets, i.e., it is not nul terminated and
3150 	 * can, at least in theory, contain control characters (including nul)
3151 	 * and as such, should be processed as binary data, not a printable
3152 	 * string.
3153 	 */
3154 	int (*get_ssid)(void *priv, u8 *ssid);
3155 
3156 	/**
3157 	 * set_key - Configure encryption key
3158 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
3159 	 * @params: Key parameters
3160 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3161 	 *
3162 	 * Configure the given key for the kernel driver. If the driver
3163 	 * supports separate individual keys (4 default keys + 1 individual),
3164 	 * addr can be used to determine whether the key is default or
3165 	 * individual. If only 4 keys are supported, the default key with key
3166 	 * index 0 is used as the individual key. STA must be configured to use
3167 	 * it as the default Tx key (set_tx is set) and accept Rx for all the
3168 	 * key indexes. In most cases, WPA uses only key indexes 1 and 2 for
3169 	 * broadcast keys, so key index 0 is available for this kind of
3170 	 * configuration.
3171 	 *
3172 	 * For pairwise keys, there are potential race conditions between
3173 	 * enabling a new TK on each end of the connection and sending the first
3174 	 * protected frame. Drivers have multiple options on which style of key
3175 	 * configuration to support with the simplest option not providing any
3176 	 * protection for the race condition while the more complex options do
3177 	 * provide partial or full protection.
3178 	 *
3179 	 * Option 1: Do not support extended key IDs (i.e., use only Key ID 0
3180 	 * for pairwise keys) and do not support configuration of the next TK
3181 	 * as an alternative RX key. This provides no protection, but is simple
3182 	 * to support. The driver needs to ignore set_key() calls with
3183 	 * KEY_FLAG_NEXT.
3184 	 *
3185 	 * Option 2: Do not support extended key IDs (i.e., use only Key ID 0
3186 	 * for pairwise keys), but support configuration of the next TK as an
3187 	 * alternative RX key for the initial 4-way handshake. This provides
3188 	 * protection for the initial key setup at the beginning of an
3189 	 * association. The driver needs to configure the initial TK for RX-only
3190 	 * when receiving a set_key() call with KEY_FLAG_NEXT. This RX-only key
3191 	 * is ready for receiving protected Data frames from the peer before the
3192 	 * local device has enabled the key for TX. Unprotected EAPOL frames
3193 	 * need to be allowed even when this next TK is configured as RX-only
3194 	 * key. The same key is then set with KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX_TX to enable
3195 	 * its use for both TX and RX. The driver ignores set_key() calls with
3196 	 * KEY_FLAG_NEXT when a TK has been configured. When fully enabling the
3197 	 * TK for TX and RX, the RX counters associated with the TK must not be
3198 	 * cleared.
3199 	 *
3200 	 * Option 3: Same as option 2, but the driver supports multiple RX keys
3201 	 * in parallel during PTK rekeying. The driver processed set_key() calls
3202 	 * with KEY_FLAG_NEXT also when a TK has been configured. At that point
3203 	 * in the rekeying sequence the driver uses the previously configured TK
3204 	 * for TX and decrypts received frames with either the previously
3205 	 * configured TK or the next TK (RX-only).
3206 	 *
3207 	 * Option 4: The driver supports extended Key IDs and they are used for
3208 	 * an association but does not support KEY_FLAG_NEXT (options 2 and 3).
3209 	 * The next TK is configured as RX-only with KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX and
3210 	 * it is enabled for TX and RX with KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX_TX_MODIFY. When
3211 	 * extended key ID is not used for an association, the driver behaves
3212 	 * like in option 1.
3213 	 *
3214 	 * Option 5 and 6: Like option 4 but with support for KEY_FLAG_NEXT as
3215 	 * described above for options 2 and 3, respectively. Option 4 is used
3216 	 * for cases where extended key IDs are used for an association. Option
3217 	 * 2 or 3 is used for cases where extended key IDs are not used.
3218 	 *
3219 	 * Please note that TKIP keys include separate TX and RX MIC keys and
3220 	 * some drivers may expect them in different order than wpa_supplicant
3221 	 * is using. If the TX/RX keys are swapped, all TKIP encrypted packets
3222 	 * will trigger Michael MIC errors. This can be fixed by changing the
3223 	 * order of MIC keys by swapping the bytes 16..23 and 24..31 of the key
3224 	 * in driver_*.c set_key() implementation, see driver_ndis.c for an
3225 	 * example on how this can be done.
3226 	 */
3227 	int (*set_key)(void *priv, struct wpa_driver_set_key_params *params);
3228 
3229 	/**
3230 	 * init - Initialize driver interface
3231 	 * @ctx: context to be used when calling wpa_supplicant functions,
3232 	 * e.g., wpa_supplicant_event()
3233 	 * @ifname: interface name, e.g., wlan0
3234 	 *
3235 	 * Returns: Pointer to private data, %NULL on failure
3236 	 *
3237 	 * Initialize driver interface, including event processing for kernel
3238 	 * driver events (e.g., associated, scan results, Michael MIC failure).
3239 	 * This function can allocate a private configuration data area for
3240 	 * @ctx, file descriptor, interface name, etc. information that may be
3241 	 * needed in future driver operations. If this is not used, non-NULL
3242 	 * value will need to be returned because %NULL is used to indicate
3243 	 * failure. The returned value will be used as 'void *priv' data for
3244 	 * all other driver_ops functions.
3245 	 *
3246 	 * The main event loop (eloop.c) of wpa_supplicant can be used to
3247 	 * register callback for read sockets (eloop_register_read_sock()).
3248 	 *
3249 	 * See below for more information about events and
3250 	 * wpa_supplicant_event() function.
3251 	 */
3252 	void * (*init)(void *ctx, const char *ifname);
3253 
3254 	/**
3255 	 * deinit - Deinitialize driver interface
3256 	 * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
3257 	 *
3258 	 * Shut down driver interface and processing of driver events. Free
3259 	 * private data buffer if one was allocated in init() handler.
3260 	 */
3261 	void (*deinit)(void *priv);
3262 
3263 	/**
3264 	 * set_param - Set driver configuration parameters
3265 	 * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
3266 	 * @param: driver specific configuration parameters
3267 	 *
3268 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3269 	 *
3270 	 * Optional handler for notifying driver interface about configuration
3271 	 * parameters (driver_param).
3272 	 */
3273 	int (*set_param)(void *priv, const char *param);
3274 
3275 	/**
3276 	 * set_countermeasures - Enable/disable TKIP countermeasures
3277 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
3278 	 * @enabled: 1 = countermeasures enabled, 0 = disabled
3279 	 *
3280 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3281 	 *
3282 	 * Configure TKIP countermeasures. When these are enabled, the driver
3283 	 * should drop all received and queued frames that are using TKIP.
3284 	 */
3285 	int (*set_countermeasures)(void *priv, int enabled);
3286 
3287 	/**
3288 	 * deauthenticate - Request driver to deauthenticate
3289 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
3290 	 * @addr: peer address (BSSID of the AP)
3291 	 * @reason_code: 16-bit reason code to be sent in the deauthentication
3292 	 *	frame
3293 	 *
3294 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3295 	 */
3296 	int (*deauthenticate)(void *priv, const u8 *addr, u16 reason_code);
3297 
3298 	/**
3299 	 * associate - Request driver to associate
3300 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
3301 	 * @params: association parameters
3302 	 *
3303 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3304 	 */
3305 	int (*associate)(void *priv,
3306 			 struct wpa_driver_associate_params *params);
3307 
3308 	/**
3309 	 * add_pmkid - Add PMKSA cache entry to the driver
3310 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
3311 	 * @params: PMKSA parameters
3312 	 *
3313 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3314 	 *
3315 	 * This function is called when a new PMK is received, as a result of
3316 	 * either normal authentication or RSN pre-authentication. The PMKSA
3317 	 * parameters are either a set of bssid, pmkid, and pmk; or a set of
3318 	 * ssid, fils_cache_id, pmkid, and pmk.
3319 	 *
3320 	 * If the driver generates RSN IE, i.e., it does not use wpa_ie in
3321 	 * associate(), add_pmkid() can be used to add new PMKSA cache entries
3322 	 * in the driver. If the driver uses wpa_ie from wpa_supplicant, this
3323 	 * driver_ops function does not need to be implemented. Likewise, if
3324 	 * the driver does not support WPA, this function is not needed.
3325 	 */
3326 	int (*add_pmkid)(void *priv, struct wpa_pmkid_params *params);
3327 
3328 	/**
3329 	 * remove_pmkid - Remove PMKSA cache entry to the driver
3330 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
3331 	 * @params: PMKSA parameters
3332 	 *
3333 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3334 	 *
3335 	 * This function is called when the supplicant drops a PMKSA cache
3336 	 * entry for any reason. The PMKSA parameters are either a set of
3337 	 * bssid and pmkid; or a set of ssid, fils_cache_id, and pmkid.
3338 	 *
3339 	 * If the driver generates RSN IE, i.e., it does not use wpa_ie in
3340 	 * associate(), remove_pmkid() can be used to synchronize PMKSA caches
3341 	 * between the driver and wpa_supplicant. If the driver uses wpa_ie
3342 	 * from wpa_supplicant, this driver_ops function does not need to be
3343 	 * implemented. Likewise, if the driver does not support WPA, this
3344 	 * function is not needed.
3345 	 */
3346 	int (*remove_pmkid)(void *priv, struct wpa_pmkid_params *params);
3347 
3348 	/**
3349 	 * flush_pmkid - Flush PMKSA cache
3350 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
3351 	 *
3352 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3353 	 *
3354 	 * This function is called when the supplicant drops all PMKSA cache
3355 	 * entries for any reason.
3356 	 *
3357 	 * If the driver generates RSN IE, i.e., it does not use wpa_ie in
3358 	 * associate(), remove_pmkid() can be used to synchronize PMKSA caches
3359 	 * between the driver and wpa_supplicant. If the driver uses wpa_ie
3360 	 * from wpa_supplicant, this driver_ops function does not need to be
3361 	 * implemented. Likewise, if the driver does not support WPA, this
3362 	 * function is not needed.
3363 	 */
3364 	int (*flush_pmkid)(void *priv);
3365 
3366 	/**
3367 	 * get_capa - Get driver capabilities
3368 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
3369 	 *
3370 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3371 	 *
3372 	 * Get driver/firmware/hardware capabilities.
3373 	 */
3374 	int (*get_capa)(void *priv, struct wpa_driver_capa *capa);
3375 
3376 	/**
3377 	 * poll - Poll driver for association information
3378 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
3379 	 *
3380 	 * This is an optional callback that can be used when the driver does
3381 	 * not provide event mechanism for association events. This is called
3382 	 * when receiving WPA/RSN EAPOL-Key messages that require association
3383 	 * information. The driver interface is supposed to generate associnfo
3384 	 * event before returning from this callback function. In addition, the
3385 	 * driver interface should generate an association event after having
3386 	 * sent out associnfo.
3387 	 */
3388 	void (*poll)(void *priv);
3389 
3390 	/**
3391 	 * get_ifindex - Get interface index
3392 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
3393 	 *
3394 	 * Returns: Interface index
3395 	 */
3396 	unsigned int (*get_ifindex)(void *priv);
3397 
3398 	/**
3399 	 * get_ifname - Get interface name
3400 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
3401 	 *
3402 	 * Returns: Pointer to the interface name. This can differ from the
3403 	 * interface name used in init() call. Init() is called first.
3404 	 *
3405 	 * This optional function can be used to allow the driver interface to
3406 	 * replace the interface name with something else, e.g., based on an
3407 	 * interface mapping from a more descriptive name.
3408 	 */
3409 	const char * (*get_ifname)(void *priv);
3410 
3411 	/**
3412 	 * get_mac_addr - Get own MAC address
3413 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
3414 	 *
3415 	 * Returns: Pointer to own MAC address or %NULL on failure
3416 	 *
3417 	 * This optional function can be used to get the own MAC address of the
3418 	 * device from the driver interface code. This is only needed if the
3419 	 * l2_packet implementation for the OS does not provide easy access to
3420 	 * a MAC address. */
3421 	const u8 * (*get_mac_addr)(void *priv);
3422 
3423 	/**
3424 	 * set_operstate - Sets device operating state to DORMANT or UP
3425 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
3426 	 * @state: 0 = dormant, 1 = up
3427 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3428 	 *
3429 	 * This is an optional function that can be used on operating systems
3430 	 * that support a concept of controlling network device state from user
3431 	 * space applications. This function, if set, gets called with
3432 	 * state = 1 when authentication has been completed and with state = 0
3433 	 * when connection is lost.
3434 	 */
3435 	int (*set_operstate)(void *priv, int state);
3436 
3437 	/**
3438 	 * mlme_setprotection - MLME-SETPROTECTION.request primitive
3439 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3440 	 * @addr: Address of the station for which to set protection (may be
3441 	 * %NULL for group keys)
3442 	 * @protect_type: MLME_SETPROTECTION_PROTECT_TYPE_*
3443 	 * @key_type: MLME_SETPROTECTION_KEY_TYPE_*
3444 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3445 	 *
3446 	 * This is an optional function that can be used to set the driver to
3447 	 * require protection for Tx and/or Rx frames. This uses the layer
3448 	 * interface defined in IEEE 802.11i-2004 clause 10.3.22.1
3449 	 * (MLME-SETPROTECTION.request). Many drivers do not use explicit
3450 	 * set protection operation; instead, they set protection implicitly
3451 	 * based on configured keys.
3452 	 */
3453 	int (*mlme_setprotection)(void *priv, const u8 *addr, int protect_type,
3454 				  int key_type);
3455 
3456 	/**
3457 	 * get_hw_feature_data - Get hardware support data (channels and rates)
3458 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3459 	 * @num_modes: Variable for returning the number of returned modes
3460 	 * flags: Variable for returning hardware feature flags
3461 	 * @dfs: Variable for returning DFS region (HOSTAPD_DFS_REGION_*)
3462 	 * Returns: Pointer to allocated hardware data on success or %NULL on
3463 	 * failure. Caller is responsible for freeing this.
3464 	 */
3465 	struct hostapd_hw_modes * (*get_hw_feature_data)(void *priv,
3466 							 u16 *num_modes,
3467 							 u16 *flags, u8 *dfs);
3468 
3469 	/**
3470 	 * send_mlme - Send management frame from MLME
3471 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3472 	 * @data: IEEE 802.11 management frame with IEEE 802.11 header
3473 	 * @data_len: Size of the management frame
3474 	 * @noack: Do not wait for this frame to be acked (disable retries)
3475 	 * @freq: Frequency (in MHz) to send the frame on, or 0 to let the
3476 	 * driver decide
3477 	 * @csa_offs: Array of CSA offsets or %NULL
3478 	 * @csa_offs_len: Number of elements in csa_offs
3479 	 * @no_encrypt: Do not encrypt frame even if appropriate key exists
3480 	 *	(used only for testing purposes)
3481 	 * @wait: Time to wait off-channel for a response (in ms), or zero
3482 	 * @link_id: Link ID to use for TX, or -1 if not set
3483 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3484 	 */
3485 	int (*send_mlme)(void *priv, const u8 *data, size_t data_len,
3486 			 int noack, unsigned int freq, const u16 *csa_offs,
3487 			 size_t csa_offs_len, int no_encrypt,
3488 			 unsigned int wait, int link_id);
3489 
3490 	/**
3491 	 * update_ft_ies - Update FT (IEEE 802.11r) IEs
3492 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3493 	 * @md: Mobility domain (2 octets) (also included inside ies)
3494 	 * @ies: FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, ...) or %NULL to remove IEs
3495 	 * @ies_len: Length of FT IEs in bytes
3496 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3497 	 *
3498 	 * The supplicant uses this callback to let the driver know that keying
3499 	 * material for FT is available and that the driver can use the
3500 	 * provided IEs in the next message in FT authentication sequence.
3501 	 *
3502 	 * This function is only needed for driver that support IEEE 802.11r
3503 	 * (Fast BSS Transition).
3504 	 */
3505 	int (*update_ft_ies)(void *priv, const u8 *md, const u8 *ies,
3506 			     size_t ies_len);
3507 
3508 	/**
3509 	 * get_scan_results - Fetch the latest scan results
3510 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3511 	 * @bssid: Return results only for the specified BSSID, %NULL for all
3512 	 *
3513 	 * Returns: Allocated buffer of scan results (caller is responsible for
3514 	 * freeing the data structure) on success, NULL on failure
3515 	 */
3516 	struct wpa_scan_results * (*get_scan_results)(void *priv,
3517 						      const u8 *bssid);
3518 
3519 	/**
3520 	 * get_scan_results2 - Fetch the latest scan results
3521 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
3522 	 *
3523 	 * Returns: Allocated buffer of scan results (caller is responsible for
3524 	 * freeing the data structure) on success, NULL on failure
3525 	 */
3526 	 struct wpa_scan_results * (*get_scan_results2)(void *priv);
3527 
3528 	/**
3529 	 * set_country - Set country
3530 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3531 	 * @alpha2: country to which to switch to
3532 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3533 	 *
3534 	 * This function is for drivers which support some form
3535 	 * of setting a regulatory domain.
3536 	 */
3537 	int (*set_country)(void *priv, const char *alpha2);
3538 
3539 	/**
3540 	 * get_country - Get country
3541 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3542 	 * @alpha2: Buffer for returning country code (at least 3 octets)
3543 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3544 	 */
3545 	int (*get_country)(void *priv, char *alpha2);
3546 
3547 	/**
3548 	 * global_init - Global driver initialization
3549 	 * @ctx: wpa_global pointer
3550 	 * Returns: Pointer to private data (global), %NULL on failure
3551 	 *
3552 	 * This optional function is called to initialize the driver wrapper
3553 	 * for global data, i.e., data that applies to all interfaces. If this
3554 	 * function is implemented, global_deinit() will also need to be
3555 	 * implemented to free the private data. The driver will also likely
3556 	 * use init2() function instead of init() to get the pointer to global
3557 	 * data available to per-interface initializer.
3558 	 */
3559 	void * (*global_init)(void *ctx);
3560 
3561 	/**
3562 	 * global_deinit - Global driver deinitialization
3563 	 * @priv: private driver global data from global_init()
3564 	 *
3565 	 * Terminate any global driver related functionality and free the
3566 	 * global data structure.
3567 	 */
3568 	void (*global_deinit)(void *priv);
3569 
3570 	/**
3571 	 * init2 - Initialize driver interface (with global data)
3572 	 * @ctx: context to be used when calling wpa_supplicant functions,
3573 	 * e.g., wpa_supplicant_event()
3574 	 * @ifname: interface name, e.g., wlan0
3575 	 * @global_priv: private driver global data from global_init()
3576 	 * @p2p_mode: P2P mode for a GO (not applicable for other interface
3577 	 *	types)
3578 	 * Returns: Pointer to private data, %NULL on failure
3579 	 *
3580 	 * This function can be used instead of init() if the driver wrapper
3581 	 * uses global data.
3582 	 */
3583 	void * (*init2)(void *ctx, const char *ifname, void *global_priv,
3584 			enum wpa_p2p_mode p2p_mode);
3585 
3586 	/**
3587 	 * get_interfaces - Get information about available interfaces
3588 	 * @global_priv: private driver global data from global_init()
3589 	 * Returns: Allocated buffer of interface information (caller is
3590 	 * responsible for freeing the data structure) on success, NULL on
3591 	 * failure
3592 	 */
3593 	struct wpa_interface_info * (*get_interfaces)(void *global_priv);
3594 
3595 	/**
3596 	 * scan2 - Request the driver to initiate scan
3597 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
3598 	 * @params: Scan parameters
3599 	 *
3600 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3601 	 *
3602 	 * Once the scan results are ready, the driver should report scan
3603 	 * results event for wpa_supplicant which will eventually request the
3604 	 * results with wpa_driver_get_scan_results2().
3605 	 */
3606 	int (*scan2)(void *priv, struct wpa_driver_scan_params *params);
3607 
3608 	/**
3609 	 * authenticate - Request driver to authenticate
3610 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
3611 	 * @params: authentication parameters
3612 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3613 	 *
3614 	 * This is an optional function that can be used with drivers that
3615 	 * support separate authentication and association steps, i.e., when
3616 	 * wpa_supplicant can act as the SME. If not implemented, associate()
3617 	 * function is expected to take care of IEEE 802.11 authentication,
3618 	 * too.
3619 	 */
3620 	int (*authenticate)(void *priv,
3621 			    struct wpa_driver_auth_params *params);
3622 
3623 	/**
3624 	 * set_ap - Set Beacon and Probe Response information for AP mode
3625 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3626 	 * @params: Parameters to use in AP mode
3627 	 *
3628 	 * This function is used to configure Beacon template and/or extra IEs
3629 	 * to add for Beacon and Probe Response frames for the driver in
3630 	 * AP mode. The driver is responsible for building the full Beacon
3631 	 * frame by concatenating the head part with TIM IE generated by the
3632 	 * driver/firmware and finishing with the tail part. Depending on the
3633 	 * driver architectue, this can be done either by using the full
3634 	 * template or the set of additional IEs (e.g., WPS and P2P IE).
3635 	 * Similarly, Probe Response processing depends on the driver design.
3636 	 * If the driver (or firmware) takes care of replying to Probe Request
3637 	 * frames, the extra IEs provided here needs to be added to the Probe
3638 	 * Response frames.
3639 	 *
3640 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3641 	 */
3642 	int (*set_ap)(void *priv, struct wpa_driver_ap_params *params);
3643 
3644 	/**
3645 	 * set_acl - Set ACL in AP mode
3646 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3647 	 * @params: Parameters to configure ACL
3648 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3649 	 *
3650 	 * This is used only for the drivers which support MAC address ACL.
3651 	 */
3652 	int (*set_acl)(void *priv, struct hostapd_acl_params *params);
3653 
3654 	/**
3655 	 * hapd_init - Initialize driver interface (hostapd only)
3656 	 * @hapd: Pointer to hostapd context
3657 	 * @params: Configuration for the driver wrapper
3658 	 * Returns: Pointer to private data, %NULL on failure
3659 	 *
3660 	 * This function is used instead of init() or init2() when the driver
3661 	 * wrapper is used with hostapd.
3662 	 */
3663 	void * (*hapd_init)(struct hostapd_data *hapd,
3664 			    struct wpa_init_params *params);
3665 
3666 	/**
3667 	 * hapd_deinit - Deinitialize driver interface (hostapd only)
3668 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data from hapd_init()
3669 	 */
3670 	void (*hapd_deinit)(void *priv);
3671 
3672 	/**
3673 	 * set_ieee8021x - Enable/disable IEEE 802.1X support (AP only)
3674 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3675 	 * @params: BSS parameters
3676 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3677 	 *
3678 	 * This is an optional function to configure the kernel driver to
3679 	 * enable/disable IEEE 802.1X support and set WPA/WPA2 parameters. This
3680 	 * can be left undefined (set to %NULL) if IEEE 802.1X support is
3681 	 * always enabled and the driver uses set_ap() to set WPA/RSN IE
3682 	 * for Beacon frames.
3683 	 *
3684 	 * DEPRECATED - use set_ap() instead
3685 	 */
3686 	int (*set_ieee8021x)(void *priv, struct wpa_bss_params *params);
3687 
3688 	/**
3689 	 * set_privacy - Enable/disable privacy (AP only)
3690 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3691 	 * @enabled: 1 = privacy enabled, 0 = disabled
3692 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3693 	 *
3694 	 * This is an optional function to configure privacy field in the
3695 	 * kernel driver for Beacon frames. This can be left undefined (set to
3696 	 * %NULL) if the driver uses the Beacon template from set_ap().
3697 	 *
3698 	 * DEPRECATED - use set_ap() instead
3699 	 */
3700 	int (*set_privacy)(void *priv, int enabled);
3701 
3702 	/**
3703 	 * get_seqnum - Fetch the current TSC/packet number (AP only)
3704 	 * @ifname: The interface name (main or virtual)
3705 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3706 	 * @addr: MAC address of the station or %NULL for group keys
3707 	 * @idx: Key index
3708 	 * @link_id: Link ID for a group key, or -1 if not set
3709 	 * @seq: Buffer for returning the latest used TSC/packet number
3710 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3711 	 *
3712 	 * This function is used to fetch the last used TSC/packet number for
3713 	 * a TKIP, CCMP, GCMP, or BIP/IGTK key. It is mainly used with group
3714 	 * keys, so there is no strict requirement on implementing support for
3715 	 * unicast keys (i.e., addr != %NULL).
3716 	 */
3717 	int (*get_seqnum)(const char *ifname, void *priv, const u8 *addr,
3718 			  int idx, int link_id, u8 *seq);
3719 
3720 	/**
3721 	 * flush - Flush all association stations (AP only)
3722 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3723 	 * @link_id: In case of MLO, valid link ID on which all associated
3724 	 *	stations will be flushed, -1 otherwise.
3725 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3726 	 *
3727 	 * This function requests the driver to disassociate all associated
3728 	 * stations. This function does not need to be implemented if the
3729 	 * driver does not process association frames internally.
3730 	 */
3731 	int (*flush)(void *priv, int link_id);
3732 
3733 	/**
3734 	 * set_generic_elem - Add IEs into Beacon/Probe Response frames (AP)
3735 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3736 	 * @elem: Information elements
3737 	 * @elem_len: Length of the elem buffer in octets
3738 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3739 	 *
3740 	 * This is an optional function to add information elements in the
3741 	 * kernel driver for Beacon and Probe Response frames. This can be left
3742 	 * undefined (set to %NULL) if the driver uses the Beacon template from
3743 	 * set_ap().
3744 	 *
3745 	 * DEPRECATED - use set_ap() instead
3746 	 */
3747 	int (*set_generic_elem)(void *priv, const u8 *elem, size_t elem_len);
3748 
3749 	/**
3750 	 * read_sta_data - Fetch station data
3751 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3752 	 * @data: Buffer for returning station information
3753 	 * @addr: MAC address of the station
3754 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3755 	 */
3756 	int (*read_sta_data)(void *priv, struct hostap_sta_driver_data *data,
3757 			     const u8 *addr);
3758 
3759 	/**
3760 	 * tx_control_port - Send a frame over the 802.1X controlled port
3761 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3762 	 * @dest: Destination MAC address
3763 	 * @proto: Ethertype in host byte order
3764 	 * @buf: Frame payload starting from IEEE 802.1X header
3765 	 * @len: Frame payload length
3766 	 * @no_encrypt: Do not encrypt frame
3767 	 * @link_id: Link ID to use for TX, or -1 if not set
3768 	 *
3769 	 * Returns 0 on success, else an error
3770 	 *
3771 	 * This is like a normal Ethernet send except that the driver is aware
3772 	 * (by other means than the Ethertype) that this frame is special,
3773 	 * and more importantly it gains an ordering between the transmission of
3774 	 * the frame and other driver management operations such as key
3775 	 * installations. This can be used to work around known limitations in
3776 	 * IEEE 802.11 protocols such as race conditions between rekeying 4-way
3777 	 * handshake message 4/4 and a PTK being overwritten.
3778 	 *
3779 	 * This function is only used for a given interface if the driver
3780 	 * instance reports WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_CONTROL_PORT capability. Otherwise,
3781 	 * API users will fall back to sending the frame via a normal socket.
3782 	 */
3783 	int (*tx_control_port)(void *priv, const u8 *dest,
3784 			       u16 proto, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
3785 			       int no_encrypt, int link_id);
3786 
3787 	/**
3788 	 * hapd_send_eapol - Send an EAPOL packet (AP only)
3789 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
3790 	 * @addr: Destination MAC address
3791 	 * @data: EAPOL packet starting with IEEE 802.1X header
3792 	 * @data_len: Length of the EAPOL packet in octets
3793 	 * @encrypt: Whether the frame should be encrypted
3794 	 * @own_addr: Source MAC address
3795 	 * @flags: WPA_STA_* flags for the destination station
3796 	 * @link_id: Link ID to use for TX, or -1 if not set
3797 	 *
3798 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3799 	 */
3800 	int (*hapd_send_eapol)(void *priv, const u8 *addr, const u8 *data,
3801 			       size_t data_len, int encrypt,
3802 			       const u8 *own_addr, u32 flags, int link_id);
3803 
3804 	/**
3805 	 * sta_deauth - Deauthenticate a station (AP only)
3806 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3807 	 * @own_addr: Source address and BSSID for the Deauthentication frame
3808 	 * @addr: MAC address of the station to deauthenticate
3809 	 * @reason: Reason code for the Deauthentication frame
3810 	 * @link_id: Link ID to use for Deauthentication frame, or -1 if not set
3811 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3812 	 *
3813 	 * This function requests a specific station to be deauthenticated and
3814 	 * a Deauthentication frame to be sent to it.
3815 	 */
3816 	int (*sta_deauth)(void *priv, const u8 *own_addr, const u8 *addr,
3817 			  u16 reason, int link_id);
3818 
3819 	/**
3820 	 * sta_disassoc - Disassociate a station (AP only)
3821 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3822 	 * @own_addr: Source address and BSSID for the Disassociation frame
3823 	 * @addr: MAC address of the station to disassociate
3824 	 * @reason: Reason code for the Disassociation frame
3825 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3826 	 *
3827 	 * This function requests a specific station to be disassociated and
3828 	 * a Disassociation frame to be sent to it.
3829 	 */
3830 	int (*sta_disassoc)(void *priv, const u8 *own_addr, const u8 *addr,
3831 			    u16 reason);
3832 
3833 	/**
3834 	 * sta_remove - Remove a station entry (AP only)
3835 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3836 	 * @addr: MAC address of the station to be removed
3837 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3838 	 */
3839 	int (*sta_remove)(void *priv, const u8 *addr);
3840 
3841 	/**
3842 	 * hapd_get_ssid - Get the current SSID (AP only)
3843 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3844 	 * @buf: Buffer for returning the SSID
3845 	 * @len: Maximum length of the buffer
3846 	 * Returns: Length of the SSID on success, -1 on failure
3847 	 *
3848 	 * This function need not be implemented if the driver uses Beacon
3849 	 * template from set_ap() and does not reply to Probe Request frames.
3850 	 */
3851 	int (*hapd_get_ssid)(void *priv, u8 *buf, int len);
3852 
3853 	/**
3854 	 * hapd_set_ssid - Set SSID (AP only)
3855 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3856 	 * @buf: SSID
3857 	 * @len: Length of the SSID in octets
3858 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3859 	 *
3860 	 * DEPRECATED - use set_ap() instead
3861 	 */
3862 	int (*hapd_set_ssid)(void *priv, const u8 *buf, int len);
3863 
3864 	/**
3865 	 * hapd_set_countermeasures - Enable/disable TKIP countermeasures (AP)
3866 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3867 	 * @enabled: 1 = countermeasures enabled, 0 = disabled
3868 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3869 	 *
3870 	 * This need not be implemented if the driver does not take care of
3871 	 * association processing.
3872 	 */
3873 	int (*hapd_set_countermeasures)(void *priv, int enabled);
3874 
3875 	/**
3876 	 * sta_add - Add a station entry
3877 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3878 	 * @params: Station parameters
3879 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3880 	 *
3881 	 * This function is used to add or set (params->set 1) a station
3882 	 * entry in the driver. Adding STA entries is used only if the driver
3883 	 * does not take care of association processing.
3884 	 *
3885 	 * With drivers that don't support full AP client state, this function
3886 	 * is used to add a station entry to the driver once the station has
3887 	 * completed association.
3888 	 *
3889 	 * With TDLS, this function is used to add or set (params->set 1)
3890 	 * TDLS peer entries (even with drivers that do not support full AP
3891 	 * client state).
3892 	 */
3893 	int (*sta_add)(void *priv, struct hostapd_sta_add_params *params);
3894 
3895 	/**
3896 	 * get_inact_sec - Get station inactivity duration (AP only)
3897 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3898 	 * @addr: Station address
3899 	 * Returns: Number of seconds station has been inactive, -1 on failure
3900 	 */
3901 	int (*get_inact_sec)(void *priv, const u8 *addr);
3902 
3903 	/**
3904 	 * sta_clear_stats - Clear station statistics (AP only)
3905 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3906 	 * @addr: Station address
3907 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3908 	 */
3909 	int (*sta_clear_stats)(void *priv, const u8 *addr);
3910 
3911 	/**
3912 	 * set_freq - Set channel/frequency (AP only)
3913 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3914 	 * @freq: Channel parameters
3915 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3916 	 */
3917 	int (*set_freq)(void *priv, struct hostapd_freq_params *freq);
3918 
3919 	/**
3920 	 * set_rts - Set RTS threshold
3921 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3922 	 * @rts: RTS threshold in octets
3923 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3924 	 */
3925 	int (*set_rts)(void *priv, int rts);
3926 
3927 	/**
3928 	 * set_frag - Set fragmentation threshold
3929 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3930 	 * @frag: Fragmentation threshold in octets
3931 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3932 	 */
3933 	int (*set_frag)(void *priv, int frag);
3934 
3935 	/**
3936 	 * sta_set_flags - Set station flags (AP only)
3937 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3938 	 * @addr: Station address
3939 	 * @total_flags: Bitmap of all WPA_STA_* flags currently set
3940 	 * @flags_or: Bitmap of WPA_STA_* flags to add
3941 	 * @flags_and: Bitmap of WPA_STA_* flags to us as a mask
3942 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3943 	 */
3944 	int (*sta_set_flags)(void *priv, const u8 *addr,
3945 			     unsigned int total_flags, unsigned int flags_or,
3946 			     unsigned int flags_and);
3947 
3948 	/**
3949 	 * sta_set_airtime_weight - Set station airtime weight (AP only)
3950 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3951 	 * @addr: Station address
3952 	 * @weight: New weight for station airtime assignment
3953 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3954 	 */
3955 	int (*sta_set_airtime_weight)(void *priv, const u8 *addr,
3956 				      unsigned int weight);
3957 
3958 	/**
3959 	 * set_tx_queue_params - Set TX queue parameters
3960 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3961 	 * @queue: Queue number (0 = VO, 1 = VI, 2 = BE, 3 = BK)
3962 	 * @aifs: AIFS
3963 	 * @cw_min: cwMin
3964 	 * @cw_max: cwMax
3965 	 * @burst_time: Maximum length for bursting in 0.1 msec units
3966 	 * @link_id: Link ID to use, or -1 for non MLD.
3967 	 */
3968 	int (*set_tx_queue_params)(void *priv, int queue, int aifs, int cw_min,
3969 				   int cw_max, int burst_time, int link_id);
3970 
3971 	/**
3972 	 * if_add - Add a virtual interface
3973 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3974 	 * @type: Interface type
3975 	 * @ifname: Interface name for the new virtual interface
3976 	 * @addr: Local address to use for the interface or %NULL to use the
3977 	 *	parent interface address
3978 	 * @bss_ctx: BSS context for %WPA_IF_AP_BSS interfaces
3979 	 * @drv_priv: Pointer for overwriting the driver context or %NULL if
3980 	 *	not allowed (applies only to %WPA_IF_AP_BSS type)
3981 	 * @force_ifname: Buffer for returning an interface name that the
3982 	 *	driver ended up using if it differs from the requested ifname
3983 	 * @if_addr: Buffer for returning the allocated interface address
3984 	 *	(this may differ from the requested addr if the driver cannot
3985 	 *	change interface address)
3986 	 * @bridge: Bridge interface to use or %NULL if no bridge configured
3987 	 * @use_existing: Whether to allow existing interface to be used
3988 	 * @setup_ap: Whether to setup AP for %WPA_IF_AP_BSS interfaces
3989 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
3990 	 */
3991 	int (*if_add)(void *priv, enum wpa_driver_if_type type,
3992 		      const char *ifname, const u8 *addr, void *bss_ctx,
3993 		      void **drv_priv, char *force_ifname, u8 *if_addr,
3994 		      const char *bridge, int use_existing, int setup_ap);
3995 
3996 	/**
3997 	 * if_remove - Remove a virtual interface
3998 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
3999 	 * @type: Interface type
4000 	 * @ifname: Interface name of the virtual interface to be removed
4001 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4002 	 */
4003 	int (*if_remove)(void *priv, enum wpa_driver_if_type type,
4004 			 const char *ifname);
4005 
4006 	/**
4007 	 * set_sta_vlan - Bind a station into a specific interface (AP only)
4008 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4009 	 * @ifname: Interface (main or virtual BSS or VLAN)
4010 	 * @addr: MAC address of the associated station
4011 	 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID
4012 	 * @link_id: The link ID or -1 for non-MLO
4013 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4014 	 *
4015 	 * This function is used to bind a station to a specific virtual
4016 	 * interface. It is only used if when virtual interfaces are supported,
4017 	 * e.g., to assign stations to different VLAN interfaces based on
4018 	 * information from a RADIUS server. This allows separate broadcast
4019 	 * domains to be used with a single BSS.
4020 	 */
4021 	int (*set_sta_vlan)(void *priv, const u8 *addr, const char *ifname,
4022 			    int vlan_id, int link_id);
4023 
4024 	/**
4025 	 * commit - Optional commit changes handler (AP only)
4026 	 * @priv: driver private data
4027 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4028 	 *
4029 	 * This optional handler function can be registered if the driver
4030 	 * interface implementation needs to commit changes (e.g., by setting
4031 	 * network interface up) at the end of initial configuration. If set,
4032 	 * this handler will be called after initial setup has been completed.
4033 	 */
4034 	int (*commit)(void *priv);
4035 
4036 	/**
4037 	 * set_radius_acl_auth - Notification of RADIUS ACL change
4038 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4039 	 * @mac: MAC address of the station
4040 	 * @accepted: Whether the station was accepted
4041 	 * @session_timeout: Session timeout for the station
4042 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4043 	 */
4044 	int (*set_radius_acl_auth)(void *priv, const u8 *mac, int accepted,
4045 				   u32 session_timeout);
4046 
4047 	/**
4048 	 * set_radius_acl_expire - Notification of RADIUS ACL expiration
4049 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4050 	 * @mac: MAC address of the station
4051 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4052 	 */
4053 	int (*set_radius_acl_expire)(void *priv, const u8 *mac);
4054 
4055 	/**
4056 	 * set_ap_wps_ie - Add WPS IE(s) into Beacon/Probe Response frames (AP)
4057 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4058 	 * @beacon: WPS IE(s) for Beacon frames or %NULL to remove extra IE(s)
4059 	 * @proberesp: WPS IE(s) for Probe Response frames or %NULL to remove
4060 	 *	extra IE(s)
4061 	 * @assocresp: WPS IE(s) for (Re)Association Response frames or %NULL
4062 	 *	to remove extra IE(s)
4063 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4064 	 *
4065 	 * This is an optional function to add WPS IE in the kernel driver for
4066 	 * Beacon and Probe Response frames. This can be left undefined (set
4067 	 * to %NULL) if the driver uses the Beacon template from set_ap()
4068 	 * and does not process Probe Request frames. If the driver takes care
4069 	 * of (Re)Association frame processing, the assocresp buffer includes
4070 	 * WPS IE(s) that need to be added to (Re)Association Response frames
4071 	 * whenever a (Re)Association Request frame indicated use of WPS.
4072 	 *
4073 	 * This will also be used to add P2P IE(s) into Beacon/Probe Response
4074 	 * frames when operating as a GO. The driver is responsible for adding
4075 	 * timing related attributes (e.g., NoA) in addition to the IEs
4076 	 * included here by appending them after these buffers. This call is
4077 	 * also used to provide Probe Response IEs for P2P Listen state
4078 	 * operations for drivers that generate the Probe Response frames
4079 	 * internally.
4080 	 *
4081 	 * DEPRECATED - use set_ap() instead
4082 	 */
4083 	int (*set_ap_wps_ie)(void *priv, const struct wpabuf *beacon,
4084 			     const struct wpabuf *proberesp,
4085 			     const struct wpabuf *assocresp);
4086 
4087 	/**
4088 	 * set_supp_port - Set IEEE 802.1X Supplicant Port status
4089 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4090 	 * @authorized: Whether the port is authorized
4091 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4092 	 */
4093 	int (*set_supp_port)(void *priv, int authorized);
4094 
4095 	/**
4096 	 * set_wds_sta - Bind a station into a 4-address WDS (AP only)
4097 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4098 	 * @addr: MAC address of the associated station
4099 	 * @aid: Association ID
4100 	 * @val: 1 = bind to 4-address WDS; 0 = unbind
4101 	 * @bridge_ifname: Bridge interface to use for the WDS station or %NULL
4102 	 *	to indicate that bridge is not to be used
4103 	 * @ifname_wds: Buffer to return the interface name for the new WDS
4104 	 *	station or %NULL to indicate name is not returned.
4105 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4106 	 */
4107 	int (*set_wds_sta)(void *priv, const u8 *addr, int aid, int val,
4108 			   const char *bridge_ifname, char *ifname_wds);
4109 
4110 	/**
4111 	 * send_action - Transmit an Action frame
4112 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4113 	 * @freq: Frequency (in MHz) of the channel
4114 	 * @wait: Time to wait off-channel for a response (in ms), or zero
4115 	 * @dst: Destination MAC address (Address 1)
4116 	 * @src: Source MAC address (Address 2)
4117 	 * @bssid: BSSID (Address 3)
4118 	 * @data: Frame body
4119 	 * @data_len: data length in octets
4120 	 * @no_cck: Whether CCK rates must not be used to transmit this frame
4121 	 * @link_id: Link ID of the specified link; -1 for non-MLO cases and for
4122 	 *	frames that target the MLD instead of a specific link in MLO
4123 	 *	cases
4124 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4125 	 *
4126 	 * This command can be used to request the driver to transmit an action
4127 	 * frame to the specified destination.
4128 	 *
4129 	 * If the %WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OFFCHANNEL_TX flag is set, the frame will
4130 	 * be transmitted on the given channel and the device will wait for a
4131 	 * response on that channel for the given wait time.
4132 	 *
4133 	 * If the flag is not set, the wait time will be ignored. In this case,
4134 	 * if a remain-on-channel duration is in progress, the frame must be
4135 	 * transmitted on that channel; alternatively the frame may be sent on
4136 	 * the current operational channel (if in associated state in station
4137 	 * mode or while operating as an AP.)
4138 	 *
4139 	 * If @src differs from the device MAC address, use of a random
4140 	 * transmitter address is requested for this message exchange.
4141 	 */
4142 	int (*send_action)(void *priv, unsigned int freq, unsigned int wait,
4143 			   const u8 *dst, const u8 *src, const u8 *bssid,
4144 			   const u8 *data, size_t data_len, int no_cck,
4145 			   int link_id);
4146 
4147 	/**
4148 	 * send_action_cancel_wait - Cancel action frame TX wait
4149 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4150 	 *
4151 	 * This command cancels the wait time associated with sending an action
4152 	 * frame. It is only available when %WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OFFCHANNEL_TX is
4153 	 * set in the driver flags.
4154 	 */
4155 	void (*send_action_cancel_wait)(void *priv);
4156 
4157 	/**
4158 	 * remain_on_channel - Remain awake on a channel
4159 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4160 	 * @freq: Frequency (in MHz) of the channel
4161 	 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds
4162 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4163 	 *
4164 	 * This command is used to request the driver to remain awake on the
4165 	 * specified channel for the specified duration and report received
4166 	 * Action frames with EVENT_RX_MGMT events. Optionally, received
4167 	 * Probe Request frames may also be requested to be reported by calling
4168 	 * probe_req_report(). These will be reported with EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ.
4169 	 *
4170 	 * The driver may not be at the requested channel when this function
4171 	 * returns, i.e., the return code is only indicating whether the
4172 	 * request was accepted. The caller will need to wait until the
4173 	 * EVENT_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL event indicates that the driver has
4174 	 * completed the channel change. This may take some time due to other
4175 	 * need for the radio and the caller should be prepared to timing out
4176 	 * its wait since there are no guarantees on when this request can be
4177 	 * executed.
4178 	 */
4179 	int (*remain_on_channel)(void *priv, unsigned int freq,
4180 				 unsigned int duration);
4181 
4182 	/**
4183 	 * cancel_remain_on_channel - Cancel remain-on-channel operation
4184 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4185 	 *
4186 	 * This command can be used to cancel a remain-on-channel operation
4187 	 * before its originally requested duration has passed. This could be
4188 	 * used, e.g., when remain_on_channel() is used to request extra time
4189 	 * to receive a response to an Action frame and the response is
4190 	 * received when there is still unneeded time remaining on the
4191 	 * remain-on-channel operation.
4192 	 */
4193 	int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(void *priv);
4194 
4195 	/**
4196 	 * probe_req_report - Request Probe Request frames to be indicated
4197 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4198 	 * @report: Whether to report received Probe Request frames
4199 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
4200 	 *
4201 	 * This command can be used to request the driver to indicate when
4202 	 * Probe Request frames are received with EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ events.
4203 	 * Since this operation may require extra resources, e.g., due to less
4204 	 * optimal hardware/firmware RX filtering, many drivers may disable
4205 	 * Probe Request reporting at least in station mode. This command is
4206 	 * used to notify the driver when the Probe Request frames need to be
4207 	 * reported, e.g., during remain-on-channel operations.
4208 	 */
4209 	int (*probe_req_report)(void *priv, int report);
4210 
4211 	/**
4212 	 * deinit_ap - Deinitialize AP mode
4213 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4214 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
4215 	 *
4216 	 * This optional function can be used to disable AP mode related
4217 	 * configuration. If the interface was not dynamically added,
4218 	 * change the driver mode to station mode to allow normal station
4219 	 * operations like scanning to be completed.
4220 	 */
4221 	int (*deinit_ap)(void *priv);
4222 
4223 	/**
4224 	 * deinit_p2p_cli - Deinitialize P2P client mode
4225 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4226 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
4227 	 *
4228 	 * This optional function can be used to disable P2P client mode. If the
4229 	 * interface was not dynamically added, change the interface type back
4230 	 * to station mode.
4231 	 */
4232 	int (*deinit_p2p_cli)(void *priv);
4233 
4234 	/**
4235 	 * suspend - Notification on system suspend/hibernate event
4236 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4237 	 */
4238 	void (*suspend)(void *priv);
4239 
4240 	/**
4241 	 * resume - Notification on system resume/thaw event
4242 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4243 	 */
4244 	void (*resume)(void *priv);
4245 
4246 	/**
4247 	 * signal_monitor - Set signal monitoring parameters
4248 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4249 	 * @threshold: Threshold value for signal change events; 0 = disabled
4250 	 * @hysteresis: Minimum change in signal strength before indicating a
4251 	 *	new event
4252 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
4253 	 *
4254 	 * This function can be used to configure monitoring of signal strength
4255 	 * with the current AP. Whenever signal strength drops below the
4256 	 * %threshold value or increases above it, EVENT_SIGNAL_CHANGE event
4257 	 * should be generated assuming the signal strength has changed at
4258 	 * least %hysteresis from the previously indicated signal change event.
4259 	 */
4260 	int (*signal_monitor)(void *priv, int threshold, int hysteresis);
4261 
4262 	/**
4263 	 * get_noa - Get current Notice of Absence attribute payload
4264 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4265 	 * @buf: Buffer for returning NoA
4266 	 * @buf_len: Buffer length in octets
4267 	 * Returns: Number of octets used in buf, 0 to indicate no NoA is being
4268 	 * advertized, or -1 on failure
4269 	 *
4270 	 * This function is used to fetch the current Notice of Absence
4271 	 * attribute value from GO.
4272 	 */
4273 	int (*get_noa)(void *priv, u8 *buf, size_t buf_len);
4274 
4275 	/**
4276 	 * set_noa - Set Notice of Absence parameters for GO (testing)
4277 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4278 	 * @count: Count
4279 	 * @start: Start time in ms from next TBTT
4280 	 * @duration: Duration in ms
4281 	 * Returns: 0 on success or -1 on failure
4282 	 *
4283 	 * This function is used to set Notice of Absence parameters for GO. It
4284 	 * is used only for testing. To disable NoA, all parameters are set to
4285 	 * 0.
4286 	 */
4287 	int (*set_noa)(void *priv, u8 count, int start, int duration);
4288 
4289 	/**
4290 	 * set_p2p_powersave - Set P2P power save options
4291 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4292 	 * @legacy_ps: 0 = disable, 1 = enable, 2 = maximum PS, -1 = no change
4293 	 * @opp_ps: 0 = disable, 1 = enable, -1 = no change
4294 	 * @ctwindow: 0.. = change (msec), -1 = no change
4295 	 * Returns: 0 on success or -1 on failure
4296 	 */
4297 	int (*set_p2p_powersave)(void *priv, int legacy_ps, int opp_ps,
4298 				 int ctwindow);
4299 
4300 	/**
4301 	 * ampdu - Enable/disable aggregation
4302 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4303 	 * @ampdu: 1/0 = enable/disable A-MPDU aggregation
4304 	 * Returns: 0 on success or -1 on failure
4305 	 */
4306 	int (*ampdu)(void *priv, int ampdu);
4307 
4308 	/**
4309 	 * get_radio_name - Get physical radio name for the device
4310 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4311 	 * Returns: Radio name or %NULL if not known
4312 	 *
4313 	 * The returned data must not be modified by the caller. It is assumed
4314 	 * that any interface that has the same radio name as another is
4315 	 * sharing the same physical radio. This information can be used to
4316 	 * share scan results etc. information between the virtual interfaces
4317 	 * to speed up various operations.
4318 	 */
4319 	const char * (*get_radio_name)(void *priv);
4320 
4321 	/**
4322 	 * send_tdls_mgmt - for sending TDLS management packets
4323 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
4324 	 * @dst: Destination (peer) MAC address
4325 	 * @action_code: TDLS action code for the mssage
4326 	 * @dialog_token: Dialog Token to use in the message (if needed)
4327 	 * @status_code: Status Code or Reason Code to use (if needed)
4328 	 * @peer_capab: TDLS peer capability (TDLS_PEER_* bitfield)
4329 	 * @initiator: Is the current end the TDLS link initiator
4330 	 * @buf: TDLS IEs to add to the message
4331 	 * @len: Length of buf in octets
4332 	 * @link_id: If >= 0 indicates the link of the AP MLD to specify the
4333 	 * operating channel on which to send a TDLS Discovery Response frame.
4334 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
4335 	 *
4336 	 * This optional function can be used to send packet to driver which is
4337 	 * responsible for receiving and sending all TDLS packets.
4338 	 */
4339 	int (*send_tdls_mgmt)(void *priv, const u8 *dst, u8 action_code,
4340 			      u8 dialog_token, u16 status_code, u32 peer_capab,
4341 			      int initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
4342 			      int link_id);
4343 
4344 	/**
4345 	 * tdls_oper - Ask the driver to perform high-level TDLS operations
4346 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4347 	 * @oper: TDLS high-level operation. See %enum tdls_oper
4348 	 * @peer: Destination (peer) MAC address
4349 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
4350 	 *
4351 	 * This optional function can be used to send high-level TDLS commands
4352 	 * to the driver.
4353 	 */
4354 	int (*tdls_oper)(void *priv, enum tdls_oper oper, const u8 *peer);
4355 
4356 	/**
4357 	 * wnm_oper - Notify driver of the WNM frame reception
4358 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4359 	 * @oper: WNM operation. See %enum wnm_oper
4360 	 * @peer: Destination (peer) MAC address
4361 	 * @buf: Buffer for the driver to fill in (for getting IE)
4362 	 * @buf_len: Return the len of buf
4363 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
4364 	 */
4365 	int (*wnm_oper)(void *priv, enum wnm_oper oper, const u8 *peer,
4366 			u8 *buf, u16 *buf_len);
4367 
4368 	/**
4369 	 * set_qos_map - Set QoS Map
4370 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4371 	 * @qos_map_set: QoS Map
4372 	 * @qos_map_set_len: Length of QoS Map
4373 	 */
4374 	int (*set_qos_map)(void *priv, const u8 *qos_map_set,
4375 			   u8 qos_map_set_len);
4376 
4377 	/**
4378 	 * br_add_ip_neigh - Add a neigh to the bridge ip neigh table
4379 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4380 	 * @version: IP version of the IP address, 4 or 6
4381 	 * @ipaddr: IP address for the neigh entry
4382 	 * @prefixlen: IP address prefix length
4383 	 * @addr: Corresponding MAC address
4384 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
4385 	 */
4386 	int (*br_add_ip_neigh)(void *priv, u8 version, const u8 *ipaddr,
4387 			       int prefixlen, const u8 *addr);
4388 
4389 	/**
4390 	 * br_delete_ip_neigh - Remove a neigh from the bridge ip neigh table
4391 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4392 	 * @version: IP version of the IP address, 4 or 6
4393 	 * @ipaddr: IP address for the neigh entry
4394 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
4395 	 */
4396 	int (*br_delete_ip_neigh)(void *priv, u8 version, const u8 *ipaddr);
4397 
4398 	/**
4399 	 * br_port_set_attr - Set a bridge port attribute
4400 	 * @attr: Bridge port attribute to set
4401 	 * @val: Value to be set
4402 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
4403 	 */
4404 	int (*br_port_set_attr)(void *priv, enum drv_br_port_attr attr,
4405 				unsigned int val);
4406 
4407 	/**
4408 	 * br_port_set_attr - Set a bridge network parameter
4409 	 * @param: Bridge parameter to set
4410 	 * @val: Value to be set
4411 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
4412 	 */
4413 	int (*br_set_net_param)(void *priv, enum drv_br_net_param param,
4414 				unsigned int val);
4415 
4416 	/**
4417 	 * get_wowlan - Get wake-on-wireless status
4418 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4419 	 */
4420 	int (*get_wowlan)(void *priv);
4421 
4422 	/**
4423 	 * set_wowlan - Set wake-on-wireless triggers
4424 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4425 	 * @triggers: wowlan triggers
4426 	 */
4427 	int (*set_wowlan)(void *priv, const struct wowlan_triggers *triggers);
4428 
4429 	/**
4430 	 * signal_poll - Get current connection information
4431 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4432 	 * @signal_info: Connection info structure
4433 	 */
4434 	int (*signal_poll)(void *priv, struct wpa_signal_info *signal_info);
4435 
4436 	/**
4437 	 * mlo_signal_poll - Get current MLO connection information
4438 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4439 	 * @mlo_signal_info: MLO connection info structure
4440 	 */
4441 	int (*mlo_signal_poll)(void *priv,
4442 			       struct wpa_mlo_signal_info *mlo_signal_info);
4443 
4444 	/**
4445 	 * channel_info - Get parameters of the current operating channel
4446 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4447 	 * @channel_info: Channel info structure
4448 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
4449 	 */
4450 	int (*channel_info)(void *priv, struct wpa_channel_info *channel_info);
4451 
4452 	/**
4453 	 * set_authmode - Set authentication algorithm(s) for static WEP
4454 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4455 	 * @authmode: 1=Open System, 2=Shared Key, 3=both
4456 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4457 	 *
4458 	 * This function can be used to set authentication algorithms for AP
4459 	 * mode when static WEP is used. If the driver uses user space MLME/SME
4460 	 * implementation, there is no need to implement this function.
4461 	 *
4462 	 * DEPRECATED - use set_ap() instead
4463 	 */
4464 	int (*set_authmode)(void *priv, int authmode);
4465 
4466 #ifdef ANDROID
4467 	/**
4468 	 * driver_cmd - Execute driver-specific command
4469 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4470 	 * @cmd: Command to execute
4471 	 * @buf: Return buffer
4472 	 * @buf_len: Buffer length
4473 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4474 	 */
4475 	int (*driver_cmd)(void *priv, char *cmd, char *buf, size_t buf_len);
4476 #endif /* ANDROID */
4477 
4478 	/**
4479 	 * vendor_cmd - Execute vendor specific command
4480 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4481 	 * @vendor_id: Vendor id
4482 	 * @subcmd: Vendor command id
4483 	 * @nested_attr_flag: Specifies if vendor subcommand uses nested
4484 	 *	attributes or not
4485 	 * @data: Vendor command parameters (%NULL if no parameters)
4486 	 * @data_len: Data length
4487 	 * @buf: Return buffer (%NULL to ignore reply)
4488 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
4489 	 *
4490 	 * This function handles vendor specific commands that are passed to
4491 	 * the driver/device. The command is identified by vendor id and
4492 	 * command id. The nested_attr_flag specifies whether the subcommand
4493 	 * uses nested attributes or not. Parameters can be passed
4494 	 * as argument to the command in the data buffer. Reply (if any) will be
4495 	 * filled in the supplied return buffer.
4496 	 *
4497 	 * The exact driver behavior is driver interface and vendor specific. As
4498 	 * an example, this will be converted to a vendor specific cfg80211
4499 	 * command in case of the nl80211 driver interface.
4500 	 */
4501 	int (*vendor_cmd)(void *priv, unsigned int vendor_id,
4502 			  unsigned int subcmd, const u8 *data, size_t data_len,
4503 			  enum nested_attr nested_attr_flag,
4504 			  struct wpabuf *buf);
4505 
4506 	/**
4507 	 * set_rekey_info - Set rekey information
4508 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4509 	 * @kek: Current KEK
4510 	 * @kek_len: KEK length in octets
4511 	 * @kck: Current KCK
4512 	 * @kck_len: KCK length in octets
4513 	 * @replay_ctr: Current EAPOL-Key Replay Counter
4514 	 *
4515 	 * This optional function can be used to provide information for the
4516 	 * driver/firmware to process EAPOL-Key frames in Group Key Handshake
4517 	 * while the host (including wpa_supplicant) is sleeping.
4518 	 */
4519 	void (*set_rekey_info)(void *priv, const u8 *kek, size_t kek_len,
4520 			       const u8 *kck, size_t kck_len,
4521 			       const u8 *replay_ctr);
4522 
4523 	/**
4524 	 * sta_assoc - Station association indication
4525 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4526 	 * @own_addr: Source address and BSSID for association frame
4527 	 * @addr: MAC address of the station to associate
4528 	 * @reassoc: flag to indicate re-association
4529 	 * @status: association response status code
4530 	 * @ie: assoc response ie buffer
4531 	 * @len: ie buffer length
4532 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4533 	 *
4534 	 * This function indicates the driver to send (Re)Association
4535 	 * Response frame to the station.
4536 	 */
4537 	 int (*sta_assoc)(void *priv, const u8 *own_addr, const u8 *addr,
4538 			  int reassoc, u16 status, const u8 *ie, size_t len);
4539 
4540 	/**
4541 	 * sta_auth - Station authentication indication
4542 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
4543 	 * @params: Station authentication parameters
4544 	 *
4545 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4546 	 */
4547 	 int (*sta_auth)(void *priv,
4548 			 struct wpa_driver_sta_auth_params *params);
4549 
4550 	/**
4551 	 * add_tspec - Add traffic stream
4552 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4553 	 * @addr: MAC address of the station to associate
4554 	 * @tspec_ie: tspec ie buffer
4555 	 * @tspec_ielen: tspec ie length
4556 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4557 	 *
4558 	 * This function adds the traffic steam for the station
4559 	 * and fills the medium_time in tspec_ie.
4560 	 */
4561 	 int (*add_tspec)(void *priv, const u8 *addr, u8 *tspec_ie,
4562 			  size_t tspec_ielen);
4563 
4564 	/**
4565 	 * add_sta_node - Add a station node in the driver
4566 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4567 	 * @addr: MAC address of the station to add
4568 	 * @auth_alg: authentication algorithm used by the station
4569 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4570 	 *
4571 	 * This function adds the station node in the driver, when
4572 	 * the station gets added by FT-over-DS.
4573 	 */
4574 	int (*add_sta_node)(void *priv, const u8 *addr, u16 auth_alg);
4575 
4576 	/**
4577 	 * sched_scan - Request the driver to initiate scheduled scan
4578 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4579 	 * @params: Scan parameters
4580 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4581 	 *
4582 	 * This operation should be used for scheduled scan offload to
4583 	 * the hardware. Every time scan results are available, the
4584 	 * driver should report scan results event for wpa_supplicant
4585 	 * which will eventually request the results with
4586 	 * wpa_driver_get_scan_results2(). This operation is optional
4587 	 * and if not provided or if it returns -1, we fall back to
4588 	 * normal host-scheduled scans.
4589 	 */
4590 	int (*sched_scan)(void *priv, struct wpa_driver_scan_params *params);
4591 
4592 	/**
4593 	 * stop_sched_scan - Request the driver to stop a scheduled scan
4594 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4595 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4596 	 *
4597 	 * This should cause the scheduled scan to be stopped and
4598 	 * results should stop being sent. Must be supported if
4599 	 * sched_scan is supported.
4600 	 */
4601 	int (*stop_sched_scan)(void *priv);
4602 
4603 	/**
4604 	 * poll_client - Probe (null data or such) the given station
4605 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4606 	 * @own_addr: MAC address of sending interface
4607 	 * @addr: MAC address of the station to probe
4608 	 * @qos: Indicates whether station is QoS station
4609 	 *
4610 	 * This function is used to verify whether an associated station is
4611 	 * still present. This function does not need to be implemented if the
4612 	 * driver provides such inactivity polling mechanism.
4613 	 */
4614 	void (*poll_client)(void *priv, const u8 *own_addr,
4615 			    const u8 *addr, int qos);
4616 
4617 	/**
4618 	 * radio_disable - Disable/enable radio
4619 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4620 	 * @disabled: 1=disable 0=enable radio
4621 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4622 	 *
4623 	 * This optional command is for testing purposes. It can be used to
4624 	 * disable the radio on a testbed device to simulate out-of-radio-range
4625 	 * conditions.
4626 	 */
4627 	int (*radio_disable)(void *priv, int disabled);
4628 
4629 	/**
4630 	 * switch_channel - Announce channel switch and migrate the GO to the
4631 	 * given frequency
4632 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4633 	 * @settings: Settings for CSA period and new channel
4634 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4635 	 *
4636 	 * This function is used to move the GO to the legacy STA channel to
4637 	 * avoid frequency conflict in single channel concurrency.
4638 	 */
4639 	int (*switch_channel)(void *priv, struct csa_settings *settings);
4640 
4641 	/**
4642 	 * switch_color - Announce color switch and migrate the BSS to the
4643 	 * given color
4644 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4645 	 * @settings: Settings for CCA period and new color
4646 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4647 	 *
4648 	 * This function is used to move the BSS to its new color.
4649 	 */
4650 	int (*switch_color)(void *priv, struct cca_settings *settings);
4651 
4652 	/**
4653 	 * add_tx_ts - Add traffic stream
4654 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4655 	 * @tsid: Traffic stream ID
4656 	 * @addr: Receiver address
4657 	 * @user_prio: User priority of the traffic stream
4658 	 * @admitted_time: Admitted time for this TS in units of
4659 	 *	32 microsecond periods (per second).
4660 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4661 	 */
4662 	int (*add_tx_ts)(void *priv, u8 tsid, const u8 *addr, u8 user_prio,
4663 			 u16 admitted_time);
4664 
4665 	/**
4666 	 * del_tx_ts - Delete traffic stream
4667 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4668 	 * @tsid: Traffic stream ID
4669 	 * @addr: Receiver address
4670 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4671 	 */
4672 	int (*del_tx_ts)(void *priv, u8 tsid, const u8 *addr);
4673 
4674 	/**
4675 	 * Enable channel-switching with TDLS peer
4676 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4677 	 * @addr: MAC address of the TDLS peer
4678 	 * @oper_class: Operating class of the switch channel
4679 	 * @params: Channel specification
4680 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4681 	 *
4682 	 * The function indicates to driver that it can start switching to a
4683 	 * different channel with a specified TDLS peer. The switching is
4684 	 * assumed on until canceled with tdls_disable_channel_switch().
4685 	 */
4686 	int (*tdls_enable_channel_switch)(
4687 		void *priv, const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
4688 		const struct hostapd_freq_params *params);
4689 
4690 	/**
4691 	 * Disable channel switching with TDLS peer
4692 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4693 	 * @addr: MAC address of the TDLS peer
4694 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4695 	 *
4696 	 * This function indicates to the driver that it should stop switching
4697 	 * with a given TDLS peer.
4698 	 */
4699 	int (*tdls_disable_channel_switch)(void *priv, const u8 *addr);
4700 
4701 	/**
4702 	 * start_dfs_cac - Listen for radar interference on the channel
4703 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4704 	 * @freq: Channel parameters
4705 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4706 	 */
4707 	int (*start_dfs_cac)(void *priv, struct hostapd_freq_params *freq);
4708 
4709 	/**
4710 	 * stop_ap - Removes beacon from AP
4711 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4712 	 * @link_id: Link ID of the specified link; -1 for non-MLD
4713 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
4714 	 *
4715 	 * This optional function can be used to disable AP mode related
4716 	 * configuration. Unlike deinit_ap, it does not change to station
4717 	 * mode.
4718 	 */
4719 	int (*stop_ap)(void *priv, int link_id);
4720 
4721 	/**
4722 	 * get_survey - Retrieve survey data
4723 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4724 	 * @freq: If set, survey data for the specified frequency is only
4725 	 *	being requested. If not set, all survey data is requested.
4726 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4727 	 *
4728 	 * Use this to retrieve:
4729 	 *
4730 	 * - the observed channel noise floor
4731 	 * - the amount of time we have spent on the channel
4732 	 * - the amount of time during which we have spent on the channel that
4733 	 *   the radio has determined the medium is busy and we cannot
4734 	 *   transmit
4735 	 * - the amount of time we have spent receiving data
4736 	 * - the amount of time we have spent transmitting data
4737 	 *
4738 	 * This data can be used for spectrum heuristics. One example is
4739 	 * Automatic Channel Selection (ACS). The channel survey data is
4740 	 * kept on a linked list on the channel data, one entry is added
4741 	 * for each survey. The min_nf of the channel is updated for each
4742 	 * survey.
4743 	 */
4744 	int (*get_survey)(void *priv, unsigned int freq);
4745 
4746 	/**
4747 	 * status - Get driver interface status information
4748 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4749 	 * @buf: Buffer for printing the status information
4750 	 * @buflen: Maximum length of the buffer
4751 	 * Returns: Length of written status information or -1 on failure
4752 	 */
4753 	int (*status)(void *priv, char *buf, size_t buflen);
4754 
4755 	/**
4756 	 * roaming - Set roaming policy for driver-based BSS selection
4757 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4758 	 * @allowed: Whether roaming within ESS is allowed
4759 	 * @bssid: Forced BSSID if roaming is disabled or %NULL if not set
4760 	 * Returns: Length of written status information or -1 on failure
4761 	 *
4762 	 * This optional callback can be used to update roaming policy from the
4763 	 * associate() command (bssid being set there indicates that the driver
4764 	 * should not roam before getting this roaming() call to allow roaming.
4765 	 * If the driver does not indicate WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION
4766 	 * capability, roaming policy is handled within wpa_supplicant and there
4767 	 * is no need to implement or react to this callback.
4768 	 */
4769 	int (*roaming)(void *priv, int allowed, const u8 *bssid);
4770 
4771 	/**
4772 	 * disable_fils - Enable/disable FILS feature
4773 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4774 	 * @disable: 0-enable and 1-disable FILS feature
4775 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4776 	 *
4777 	 * This callback can be used to configure driver and below layers to
4778 	 * enable/disable all FILS features.
4779 	 */
4780 	int (*disable_fils)(void *priv, int disable);
4781 
4782 	/**
4783 	 * set_mac_addr - Set MAC address
4784 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4785 	 * @addr: MAC address to use or %NULL for setting back to permanent
4786 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4787 	 */
4788 	int (*set_mac_addr)(void *priv, const u8 *addr);
4789 
4790 #ifdef CONFIG_MACSEC
4791 	int (*macsec_init)(void *priv, struct macsec_init_params *params);
4792 
4793 	int (*macsec_deinit)(void *priv);
4794 
4795 	/**
4796 	 * macsec_get_capability - Inform MKA of this driver's capability
4797 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4798 	 * @cap: Driver's capability
4799 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4800 	 */
4801 	int (*macsec_get_capability)(void *priv, enum macsec_cap *cap);
4802 
4803 	/**
4804 	 * enable_protect_frames - Set protect frames status
4805 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4806 	 * @enabled: true = protect frames enabled
4807 	 *           false = protect frames disabled
4808 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
4809 	 */
4810 	int (*enable_protect_frames)(void *priv, bool enabled);
4811 
4812 	/**
4813 	 * enable_encrypt - Set encryption status
4814 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4815 	 * @enabled: true = encrypt outgoing traffic
4816 	 *           false = integrity-only protection on outgoing traffic
4817 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
4818 	 */
4819 	int (*enable_encrypt)(void *priv, bool enabled);
4820 
4821 	/**
4822 	 * set_replay_protect - Set replay protect status and window size
4823 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4824 	 * @enabled: true = replay protect enabled
4825 	 *           false = replay protect disabled
4826 	 * @window: replay window size, valid only when replay protect enabled
4827 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
4828 	 */
4829 	int (*set_replay_protect)(void *priv, bool enabled, u32 window);
4830 
4831 	/**
4832 	 * set_offload - Set MACsec hardware offload
4833 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4834 	 * @offload: 0 = MACSEC_OFFLOAD_OFF
4835 	 *           1 = MACSEC_OFFLOAD_PHY
4836 	 *           2 = MACSEC_OFFLOAD_MAC
4837 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
4838 	 */
4839 	int (*set_offload)(void *priv, u8 offload);
4840 
4841 	/**
4842 	 * set_current_cipher_suite - Set current cipher suite
4843 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4844 	 * @cs: EUI64 identifier
4845 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
4846 	 */
4847 	int (*set_current_cipher_suite)(void *priv, u64 cs);
4848 
4849 	/**
4850 	 * enable_controlled_port - Set controlled port status
4851 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4852 	 * @enabled: true = controlled port enabled
4853 	 *           false = controlled port disabled
4854 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
4855 	 */
4856 	int (*enable_controlled_port)(void *priv, bool enabled);
4857 
4858 	/**
4859 	 * get_receive_lowest_pn - Get receive lowest pn
4860 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4861 	 * @sa: secure association
4862 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
4863 	 */
4864 	int (*get_receive_lowest_pn)(void *priv, struct receive_sa *sa);
4865 
4866 	/**
4867 	 * get_transmit_next_pn - Get transmit next pn
4868 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4869 	 * @sa: secure association
4870 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
4871 	 */
4872 	int (*get_transmit_next_pn)(void *priv, struct transmit_sa *sa);
4873 
4874 	/**
4875 	 * set_transmit_next_pn - Set transmit next pn
4876 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4877 	 * @sa: secure association
4878 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
4879 	 */
4880 	int (*set_transmit_next_pn)(void *priv, struct transmit_sa *sa);
4881 
4882 	/**
4883 	 * set_receive_lowest_pn - Set receive lowest PN
4884 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4885 	 * @sa: secure association
4886 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
4887 	 */
4888 	int (*set_receive_lowest_pn)(void *priv, struct receive_sa *sa);
4889 
4890 	/**
4891 	 * create_receive_sc - create secure channel for receiving
4892 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4893 	 * @sc: secure channel
4894 	 * @conf_offset: confidentiality offset (0, 30, or 50)
4895 	 * @validation: frame validation policy (0 = Disabled, 1 = Checked,
4896 	 *	2 = Strict)
4897 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
4898 	 */
4899 	int (*create_receive_sc)(void *priv, struct receive_sc *sc,
4900 				 unsigned int conf_offset,
4901 				 int validation);
4902 
4903 	/**
4904 	 * delete_receive_sc - delete secure connection for receiving
4905 	 * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
4906 	 * @sc: secure channel
4907 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4908 	 */
4909 	int (*delete_receive_sc)(void *priv, struct receive_sc *sc);
4910 
4911 	/**
4912 	 * create_receive_sa - create secure association for receive
4913 	 * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
4914 	 * @sa: secure association
4915 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4916 	 */
4917 	int (*create_receive_sa)(void *priv, struct receive_sa *sa);
4918 
4919 	/**
4920 	 * delete_receive_sa - Delete secure association for receive
4921 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data from init()
4922 	 * @sa: Secure association
4923 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4924 	 */
4925 	int (*delete_receive_sa)(void *priv, struct receive_sa *sa);
4926 
4927 	/**
4928 	 * enable_receive_sa - enable the SA for receive
4929 	 * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
4930 	 * @sa: secure association
4931 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4932 	 */
4933 	int (*enable_receive_sa)(void *priv, struct receive_sa *sa);
4934 
4935 	/**
4936 	 * disable_receive_sa - disable SA for receive
4937 	 * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
4938 	 * @sa: secure association
4939 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4940 	 */
4941 	int (*disable_receive_sa)(void *priv, struct receive_sa *sa);
4942 
4943 	/**
4944 	 * create_transmit_sc - create secure connection for transmit
4945 	 * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
4946 	 * @sc: secure channel
4947 	 * @conf_offset: confidentiality offset (0, 30, or 50)
4948 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4949 	 */
4950 	int (*create_transmit_sc)(void *priv, struct transmit_sc *sc,
4951 				  unsigned int conf_offset);
4952 
4953 	/**
4954 	 * delete_transmit_sc - delete secure connection for transmit
4955 	 * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
4956 	 * @sc: secure channel
4957 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4958 	 */
4959 	int (*delete_transmit_sc)(void *priv, struct transmit_sc *sc);
4960 
4961 	/**
4962 	 * create_transmit_sa - create secure association for transmit
4963 	 * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
4964 	 * @sa: secure association
4965 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4966 	 */
4967 	int (*create_transmit_sa)(void *priv, struct transmit_sa *sa);
4968 
4969 	/**
4970 	 * delete_transmit_sa - Delete secure association for transmit
4971 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data from init()
4972 	 * @sa: Secure association
4973 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4974 	 */
4975 	int (*delete_transmit_sa)(void *priv, struct transmit_sa *sa);
4976 
4977 	/**
4978 	 * enable_transmit_sa - enable SA for transmit
4979 	 * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
4980 	 * @sa: secure association
4981 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4982 	 */
4983 	int (*enable_transmit_sa)(void *priv, struct transmit_sa *sa);
4984 
4985 	/**
4986 	 * disable_transmit_sa - disable SA for transmit
4987 	 * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
4988 	 * @sa: secure association
4989 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4990 	 */
4991 	int (*disable_transmit_sa)(void *priv, struct transmit_sa *sa);
4992 #endif /* CONFIG_MACSEC */
4993 
4994 	/**
4995 	 * init_mesh - Driver specific initialization for mesh
4996 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
4997 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
4998 	 */
4999 	int (*init_mesh)(void *priv);
5000 
5001 	/**
5002 	 * join_mesh - Join a mesh network
5003 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5004 	 * @params: Mesh configuration parameters
5005 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
5006 	 */
5007 	int (*join_mesh)(void *priv,
5008 			 struct wpa_driver_mesh_join_params *params);
5009 
5010 	/**
5011 	 * leave_mesh - Leave a mesh network
5012 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5013 	 * Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure
5014 	 */
5015 	int (*leave_mesh)(void *priv);
5016 
5017 	/**
5018 	 * probe_mesh_link - Inject a frame over direct mesh link to a given
5019 	 *	peer skipping the next_hop lookup from mpath table.
5020 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5021 	 * @addr: Peer MAC address
5022 	 * @eth: Ethernet frame to be sent
5023 	 * @len: Ethernet frame lengtn in bytes
5024 	 * Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure
5025 	 */
5026 	int (*probe_mesh_link)(void *priv, const u8 *addr, const u8 *eth,
5027 			       size_t len);
5028 
5029 	/**
5030 	 * do_acs - Automatically select channel
5031 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5032 	 * @params: Parameters for ACS
5033 	 * Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure
5034 	 *
5035 	 * This command can be used to offload ACS to the driver if the driver
5036 	 * indicates support for such offloading (WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_ACS_OFFLOAD).
5037 	 */
5038 	int (*do_acs)(void *priv, struct drv_acs_params *params);
5039 
5040 	/**
5041 	 * set_band - Notify driver of band(s) selection
5042 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5043 	 * @band_mask: The selected band(s) bit mask (from enum set_band)
5044 	 * Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure
5045 	 */
5046 	int (*set_band)(void *priv, u32 band_mask);
5047 
5048 	/**
5049 	 * get_pref_freq_list - Get preferred frequency list for an interface
5050 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5051 	 * @if_type: Interface type
5052 	 * @num: Number of channels
5053 	 * @freq_list: Weighted preferred channel list
5054 	 * Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure
5055 	 *
5056 	 * This command can be used to query the preferred frequency list from
5057 	 * the driver specific to a particular interface type. The freq_list
5058 	 * array needs to have room for *num entries. *num will be updated to
5059 	 * indicate the number of entries fetched from the driver.
5060 	 */
5061 	int (*get_pref_freq_list)(void *priv, enum wpa_driver_if_type if_type,
5062 				  unsigned int *num,
5063 				  struct weighted_pcl *freq_list);
5064 
5065 	/**
5066 	 * set_prob_oper_freq - Indicate probable P2P operating channel
5067 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5068 	 * @freq: Channel frequency in MHz
5069 	 * Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure
5070 	 *
5071 	 * This command can be used to inform the driver of the operating
5072 	 * frequency that an ongoing P2P group formation is likely to come up
5073 	 * on. Local device is assuming P2P Client role.
5074 	 */
5075 	int (*set_prob_oper_freq)(void *priv, unsigned int freq);
5076 
5077 	/**
5078 	 * abort_scan - Request the driver to abort an ongoing scan
5079 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5080 	 * @scan_cookie: Cookie identifying the scan request. This is used only
5081 	 *	when the vendor interface QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
5082 	 *	was used to trigger scan. Otherwise, 0 is used.
5083 	 * Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure
5084 	 */
5085 	int (*abort_scan)(void *priv, u64 scan_cookie);
5086 
5087 	/**
5088 	 * configure_data_frame_filters - Request to configure frame filters
5089 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5090 	 * @filter_flags: The type of frames to filter (bitfield of
5091 	 * WPA_DATA_FRAME_FILTER_FLAG_*)
5092 	 * Returns: 0 on success or -1 on failure
5093 	 */
5094 	int (*configure_data_frame_filters)(void *priv, u32 filter_flags);
5095 
5096 	/**
5097 	 * get_ext_capab - Get extended capabilities for the specified interface
5098 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5099 	 * @type: Interface type for which to get extended capabilities
5100 	 * @ext_capab: Extended capabilities fetched
5101 	 * @ext_capab_mask: Extended capabilities mask
5102 	 * @ext_capab_len: Length of the extended capabilities
5103 	 * Returns: 0 on success or -1 on failure
5104 	 */
5105 	int (*get_ext_capab)(void *priv, enum wpa_driver_if_type type,
5106 			     const u8 **ext_capab, const u8 **ext_capab_mask,
5107 			     unsigned int *ext_capab_len);
5108 
5109 	/**
5110 	 * get_mld_capab - Get MLD capabilities for the specified interface
5111 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5112 	 * @type: Interface type for which to get MLD capabilities
5113 	 * @eml_capa: EML capabilities
5114 	 * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD Capabilities and Operations
5115 	 * Returns: 0 on success or -1 on failure
5116 	 */
5117 	int (*get_mld_capab)(void *priv, enum wpa_driver_if_type type,
5118 			     u16 *eml_capa, u16 *mld_capa_and_ops);
5119 
5120 	/**
5121 	 * p2p_lo_start - Start offloading P2P listen to device
5122 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5123 	 * @freq: Listening frequency (MHz) for P2P listen
5124 	 * @period: Length of the listen operation in milliseconds
5125 	 * @interval: Interval for running the listen operation in milliseconds
5126 	 * @count: Number of times to run the listen operation
5127 	 * @device_types: Device primary and secondary types
5128 	 * @dev_types_len: Number of bytes for device_types
5129 	 * @ies: P2P IE and WSC IE for Probe Response frames
5130 	 * @ies_len: Length of ies in bytes
5131 	 * Returns: 0 on success or -1 on failure
5132 	 */
5133 	int (*p2p_lo_start)(void *priv, unsigned int freq,
5134 			    unsigned int period, unsigned int interval,
5135 			    unsigned int count,
5136 			    const u8 *device_types, size_t dev_types_len,
5137 			    const u8 *ies, size_t ies_len);
5138 
5139 	/**
5140 	 * p2p_lo_stop - Stop P2P listen offload
5141 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5142 	 * Returns: 0 on success or -1 on failure
5143 	 */
5144 	int (*p2p_lo_stop)(void *priv);
5145 
5146 	/**
5147 	 * set_default_scan_ies - Set default scan IEs
5148 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5149 	 * @ies: Scan default IEs buffer
5150 	 * @ies_len: Length of IEs in bytes
5151 	 * Returns: 0 on success or -1 on failure
5152 	 *
5153 	 * The driver can use these by default when there are no scan IEs coming
5154 	 * in the subsequent scan requests. Also in case of one or more of IEs
5155 	 * given in set_default_scan_ies() are missing in the subsequent scan
5156 	 * request, the driver should merge the missing scan IEs in the scan
5157 	 * request from the IEs set by set_default_scan_ies() in the Probe
5158 	 * Request frames sent.
5159 	 */
5160 	int (*set_default_scan_ies)(void *priv, const u8 *ies, size_t ies_len);
5161 
5162 	/**
5163 	 * set_tdls_mode - Set TDLS trigger mode to the host driver
5164 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5165 	 * @tdls_external_control: Represents if TDLS external trigger control
5166 	 *  mode is enabled/disabled.
5167 	 *
5168 	 * This optional callback can be used to configure the TDLS external
5169 	 * trigger control mode to the host driver.
5170 	 */
5171 	int (*set_tdls_mode)(void *priv, int tdls_external_control);
5172 
5173 	/**
5174 	 * get_bss_transition_status - Get candidate BSS's transition status
5175 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5176 	 * @params: Candidate BSS list
5177 	 *
5178 	 * Get the accept or reject reason code for a list of BSS transition
5179 	 * candidates.
5180 	 */
5181 	struct wpa_bss_candidate_info *
5182 	(*get_bss_transition_status)(void *priv,
5183 				     struct wpa_bss_trans_info *params);
5184 	/**
5185 	 * ignore_assoc_disallow - Configure driver to ignore assoc_disallow
5186 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5187 	 * @ignore_disallow: 0 to not ignore, 1 to ignore
5188 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
5189 	 */
5190 	int (*ignore_assoc_disallow)(void *priv, int ignore_disallow);
5191 
5192 	/**
5193 	 * set_bssid_tmp_disallow - Set disallowed BSSIDs to the driver
5194 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5195 	 * @num_bssid: Number of temporarily disallowed BSSIDs
5196 	 * @bssids: List of temporarily disallowed BSSIDs
5197 	 */
5198 	int (*set_bssid_tmp_disallow)(void *priv, unsigned int num_bssid,
5199 				      const u8 *bssid);
5200 
5201 	/**
5202 	 * update_connect_params - Update the connection parameters
5203 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5204 	 * @params: Association parameters
5205 	 * @mask: Bit mask indicating which parameters in @params have to be
5206 	 *	updated
5207 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
5208 	 *
5209 	 * Update the connection parameters when in connected state so that the
5210 	 * driver uses the updated parameters for subsequent roaming. This is
5211 	 * used only with drivers that implement internal BSS selection and
5212 	 * roaming.
5213 	 */
5214 	int (*update_connect_params)(
5215 		void *priv, struct wpa_driver_associate_params *params,
5216 		enum wpa_drv_update_connect_params_mask mask);
5217 
5218 	/**
5219 	 * send_external_auth_status - Indicate the status of external
5220 	 * authentication processing to the host driver.
5221 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5222 	 * @params: Status of authentication processing.
5223 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
5224 	 */
5225 	int (*send_external_auth_status)(void *priv,
5226 					 struct external_auth *params);
5227 
5228 	/**
5229 	 * set_4addr_mode - Set 4-address mode
5230 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5231 	 * @bridge_ifname: Bridge interface name
5232 	 * @val: 0 - disable 4addr mode, 1 - enable 4addr mode
5233 	 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on failure
5234 	 */
5235 	int (*set_4addr_mode)(void *priv, const char *bridge_ifname, int val);
5236 
5237 	/**
5238 	 * update_dh_ie - Update DH IE
5239 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5240 	 * @peer_mac: Peer MAC address
5241 	 * @reason_code: Reacon code
5242 	 * @ie: DH IE
5243 	 * @ie_len: DH IE length in bytes
5244 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
5245 	 *
5246 	 * This callback is used to let the driver know the DH processing result
5247 	 * and DH IE for a pending association.
5248 	 */
5249 	int (*update_dh_ie)(void *priv, const u8 *peer_mac, u16 reason_code,
5250 			    const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len);
5251 
5252 	/**
5253 	 * dpp_listen - Notify driver about start/stop of DPP listen
5254 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5255 	 * @enable: Whether listen state is enabled (or disabled)
5256 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
5257 	 *
5258 	 * This optional callback can be used to update RX frame filtering to
5259 	 * explicitly allow reception of broadcast Public Action frames.
5260 	 */
5261 	int (*dpp_listen)(void *priv, bool enable);
5262 
5263 	/**
5264 	 * set_secure_ranging_ctx - Add or delete secure ranging parameters of
5265 	 * the specified peer to the driver.
5266 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5267 	 * @params: Secure ranging parameters
5268 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
5269 	 *
5270 	 */
5271 	int (*set_secure_ranging_ctx)(void *priv,
5272 				      struct secure_ranging_params *params);
5273 
5274 	/**
5275 	 * send_pasn_resp - Send PASN response for a set of peers to the
5276 	 * driver.
5277 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5278 	 * @params: Parameters holding peers and respective status.
5279 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
5280 	 */
5281 	int (*send_pasn_resp)(void *priv, struct pasn_auth *params);
5282 
5283 	/**
5284 	 * get_sta_mlo_info - Get the current multi-link association info
5285 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5286 	 * @mlo: Pointer to fill multi-link association info
5287 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
5288 	 *
5289 	 * This callback is used to fetch multi-link of the current association.
5290 	 */
5291 	int (*get_sta_mlo_info)(void *priv,
5292 				struct driver_sta_mlo_info *mlo_info);
5293 
5294 	/**
5295 	 * link_add - Add a link to the AP MLD interface
5296 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5297 	 * @link_id: The link ID
5298 	 * @addr: The MAC address to use for the link
5299 	 * @bss_ctx: BSS context for %WPA_IF_AP_BSS interfaces
5300 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative value on failure
5301 	 */
5302 	int (*link_add)(void *priv, u8 link_id, const u8 *addr, void *bss_ctx);
5303 
5304 	/**
5305 	 * link_remove - Remove a link from the AP MLD interface
5306 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5307 	 * @type: Interface type
5308 	 * @ifname: Interface name of the virtual interface from where the link
5309 	 *	is to be removed.
5310 	 * @link_id: Valid link ID to remove
5311 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
5312 	 */
5313 	int (*link_remove)(void *priv, enum wpa_driver_if_type type,
5314 			   const char *ifname, u8 link_id);
5315 
5316 	/**
5317 	 * is_drv_shared - Check whether the driver interface is shared
5318 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data from init()
5319 	 * @link_id: Link ID to match
5320 	 * Returns: true if it is being used or else false.
5321 	 *
5322 	 * Checks whether the driver interface is being used by other partner
5323 	 * BSS(s) or not. This is used to decide whether the driver interface
5324 	 * needs to be deinitilized when one interface is getting deinitialized.
5325 	 *
5326 	 * NOTE: @link_id will be used only when there is only one BSS
5327 	 * present and if that single link is active. In that case, the
5328 	 * link ID is matched with the active link_id to decide whether the
5329 	 * driver interface is being used by other partner BSS(s).
5330 	 */
5331 	bool (*is_drv_shared)(void *priv, int link_id);
5332 
5333 	/**
5334 	 * link_sta_remove - Remove a link STA from an MLD STA
5335 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5336 	 * @link_id: The link ID which the link STA is using
5337 	 * @addr: The MLD MAC address of the MLD STA
5338 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative value on failure
5339 	 */
5340 	int (*link_sta_remove)(void *priv, u8 link_id, const u8 *addr);
5341 
5342 	/**
5343 	 * nan_flush - Flush all NAN offload services
5344 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5345 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative value on failure
5346 	 */
5347 	int (*nan_flush)(void *priv);
5348 
5349 	/**
5350 	 * nan_publish - NAN offload for Publish()
5351 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5352 	 * @src: Source P2P device addr
5353 	 * @publish_id: Publish instance to add
5354 	 * @service_name: Service name
5355 	 * @service_id: Service ID (6 octet value derived from service name)
5356 	 * @srv_proto_type: Service protocol type
5357 	 * @ssi: Service specific information or %NULL
5358 	 * @elems: Information elements for Element Container attribute or %NULL
5359 	 * @params: Configuration parameters
5360 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative value on failure
5361 	 */
5362 	int (*nan_publish)(void *priv, const u8 *src, int publish_id,
5363 			   const char *service_name, const u8 *service_id,
5364 			   enum nan_service_protocol_type srv_proto_type,
5365 			   const struct wpabuf *ssi, const struct wpabuf *elems,
5366 			   struct nan_publish_params *params);
5367 
5368 	/**
5369 	 * nan_cancel_publish - NAN offload for CancelPublish()
5370 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5371 	 * @publish_id: Publish instance to cancel
5372 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative value on failure
5373 	 */
5374 	int (*nan_cancel_publish)(void *priv, int publish_id);
5375 
5376 	/**
5377 	 * nan_update_publish - NAN offload for UpdatePublish()
5378 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5379 	 * @ssi: Service specific information or %NULL
5380 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative value on failure
5381 	 */
5382 	int (*nan_update_publish)(void *priv, int publish_id,
5383 				  const struct wpabuf *ssi);
5384 
5385 	/**
5386 	 * nan_subscribe - NAN offload for Subscribe()
5387 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5388 	 * @src: Source P2P device addr
5389 	 * @subscribe_id: Subscribe instance to add
5390 	 * @service_name: Service name
5391 	 * @service_id: Service ID (6 octet value derived from service name)
5392 	 * @srv_proto_type: Service protocol type
5393 	 * @ssi: Service specific information or %NULL
5394 	 * @elems: Information elements for Element Container attribute or %NULL
5395 	 * @params: Configuration parameters
5396 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative value on failure
5397 	 */
5398 	int (*nan_subscribe)(void *priv, const u8 *src, int subscribe_id,
5399 			     const char *service_name, const u8 *service_id,
5400 			     enum nan_service_protocol_type srv_proto_type,
5401 			     const struct wpabuf *ssi,
5402 			     const struct wpabuf *elems,
5403 			     struct nan_subscribe_params *params);
5404 
5405 	/**
5406 	 * nan_cancel_subscribe - NAN offload for CancelSubscribe()
5407 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5408 	 * @subscribe_id: Subscribe instance to cancel
5409 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative value on failure
5410 	 */
5411 	int (*nan_cancel_subscribe)(void *priv, int subscribe_id);
5412 
5413 	/**
5414 	 * can_share_drv - Check whether driver interface can be shared
5415 	 * @ctx: Pointer to hostapd context
5416 	 * @params: Configuration for the driver wrapper
5417 	 * @hapd: Pointer for overwriting the hapd context or %NULL
5418 	 * 	if can't find a shared drv
5419 	 *
5420 	 * Checks whether the driver interface with same phy name is
5421 	 * already present under the global driver which can be shared
5422 	 * instead of creating a new driver interface instance. If present,
5423 	 * @hapd will be overwritten with the hapd pointer which this shared
5424 	 * drv's first BSS is using. This will help the caller to later call
5425 	 * if_add().
5426 	 *
5427 	 * Returns: true if it can be shared or else false.
5428 	 */
5429 	bool (*can_share_drv)(void *ctx, struct wpa_init_params *params,
5430 			      void **hapd);
5431 
5432 #ifdef CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS
5433 	int (*register_frame)(void *priv, u16 type,
5434 			      const u8 *match, size_t match_len,
5435 			      bool multicast);
5436 #endif /* CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS */
5437 
5438 	/**
5439 	 * get_multi_hw_info - Get multiple underlying hardware information
5440 	 *		       (hardware IDx and supported frequency range)
5441 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
5442 	 * @num_multi_hws: Variable for returning the number of returned
5443 	 *	hardware info data
5444 	 * Returns: Pointer to allocated multiple hardware data on success
5445 	 * or %NULL on failure. Caller is responsible for freeing this.
5446 	 */
5447 	struct hostapd_multi_hw_info *
5448 	(*get_multi_hw_info)(void *priv, unsigned int *num_multi_hws);
5449 };
5450 
5451 /**
5452  * enum wpa_event_type - Event type for wpa_supplicant_event() calls
5453  */
5454 enum wpa_event_type {
5455 	/**
5456 	 * EVENT_ASSOC - Association completed
5457 	 *
5458 	 * This event needs to be delivered when the driver completes IEEE
5459 	 * 802.11 association or reassociation successfully.
5460 	 * wpa_driver_ops::get_bssid() is expected to provide the current BSSID
5461 	 * after this event has been generated. In addition, optional
5462 	 * EVENT_ASSOCINFO may be generated just before EVENT_ASSOC to provide
5463 	 * more information about the association. If the driver interface gets
5464 	 * both of these events at the same time, it can also include the
5465 	 * assoc_info data in EVENT_ASSOC call.
5466 	 */
5467 	EVENT_ASSOC,
5468 
5469 	/**
5470 	 * EVENT_DISASSOC - Association lost
5471 	 *
5472 	 * This event should be called when association is lost either due to
5473 	 * receiving deauthenticate or disassociate frame from the AP or when
5474 	 * sending either of these frames to the current AP. If the driver
5475 	 * supports separate deauthentication event, EVENT_DISASSOC should only
5476 	 * be used for disassociation and EVENT_DEAUTH for deauthentication.
5477 	 * In AP mode, union wpa_event_data::disassoc_info is required.
5478 	 */
5479 	EVENT_DISASSOC,
5480 
5481 	/**
5482 	 * EVENT_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE - Michael MIC (TKIP) detected
5483 	 *
5484 	 * This event must be delivered when a Michael MIC error is detected by
5485 	 * the local driver. Additional data for event processing is
5486 	 * provided with union wpa_event_data::michael_mic_failure. This
5487 	 * information is used to request new encryption key and to initiate
5488 	 * TKIP countermeasures if needed.
5489 	 */
5490 	EVENT_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
5491 
5492 	/**
5493 	 * EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS - Scan results available
5494 	 *
5495 	 * This event must be called whenever scan results are available to be
5496 	 * fetched with struct wpa_driver_ops::get_scan_results(). This event
5497 	 * is expected to be used some time after struct wpa_driver_ops::scan()
5498 	 * is called. If the driver provides an unsolicited event when the scan
5499 	 * has been completed, this event can be used to trigger
5500 	 * EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS call. If such event is not available from the
5501 	 * driver, the driver wrapper code is expected to use a registered
5502 	 * timeout to generate EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS call after the time that the
5503 	 * scan is expected to be completed. Optional information about
5504 	 * completed scan can be provided with union wpa_event_data::scan_info.
5505 	 */
5506 	EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS,
5507 
5508 	/**
5509 	 * EVENT_ASSOCINFO - Report optional extra information for association
5510 	 *
5511 	 * This event can be used to report extra association information for
5512 	 * EVENT_ASSOC processing. This extra information includes IEs from
5513 	 * association frames and Beacon/Probe Response frames in union
5514 	 * wpa_event_data::assoc_info. EVENT_ASSOCINFO must be send just before
5515 	 * EVENT_ASSOC. Alternatively, the driver interface can include
5516 	 * assoc_info data in the EVENT_ASSOC call if it has all the
5517 	 * information available at the same point.
5518 	 */
5519 	EVENT_ASSOCINFO,
5520 
5521 	/**
5522 	 * EVENT_INTERFACE_STATUS - Report interface status changes
5523 	 *
5524 	 * This optional event can be used to report changes in interface
5525 	 * status (interface added/removed) using union
5526 	 * wpa_event_data::interface_status. This can be used to trigger
5527 	 * wpa_supplicant to stop and re-start processing for the interface,
5528 	 * e.g., when a cardbus card is ejected/inserted.
5529 	 */
5530 	EVENT_INTERFACE_STATUS,
5531 
5532 	/**
5533 	 * EVENT_PMKID_CANDIDATE - Report a candidate AP for pre-authentication
5534 	 *
5535 	 * This event can be used to inform wpa_supplicant about candidates for
5536 	 * RSN (WPA2) pre-authentication. If wpa_supplicant is not responsible
5537 	 * for scan request (ap_scan=2 mode), this event is required for
5538 	 * pre-authentication. If wpa_supplicant is performing scan request
5539 	 * (ap_scan=1), this event is optional since scan results can be used
5540 	 * to add pre-authentication candidates. union
5541 	 * wpa_event_data::pmkid_candidate is used to report the BSSID of the
5542 	 * candidate and priority of the candidate, e.g., based on the signal
5543 	 * strength, in order to try to pre-authenticate first with candidates
5544 	 * that are most likely targets for re-association.
5545 	 *
5546 	 * EVENT_PMKID_CANDIDATE can be called whenever the driver has updates
5547 	 * on the candidate list. In addition, it can be called for the current
5548 	 * AP and APs that have existing PMKSA cache entries. wpa_supplicant
5549 	 * will automatically skip pre-authentication in cases where a valid
5550 	 * PMKSA exists. When more than one candidate exists, this event should
5551 	 * be generated once for each candidate.
5552 	 *
5553 	 * Driver will be notified about successful pre-authentication with
5554 	 * struct wpa_driver_ops::add_pmkid() calls.
5555 	 */
5556 	EVENT_PMKID_CANDIDATE,
5557 
5558 	/**
5559 	 * EVENT_TDLS - Request TDLS operation
5560 	 *
5561 	 * This event can be used to request a TDLS operation to be performed.
5562 	 */
5563 	EVENT_TDLS,
5564 
5565 	/**
5566 	 * EVENT_FT_RESPONSE - Report FT (IEEE 802.11r) response IEs
5567 	 *
5568 	 * The driver is expected to report the received FT IEs from
5569 	 * FT authentication sequence from the AP. The FT IEs are included in
5570 	 * the extra information in union wpa_event_data::ft_ies.
5571 	 */
5572 	EVENT_FT_RESPONSE,
5573 
5574 	/**
5575 	 * EVENT_IBSS_RSN_START - Request RSN authentication in IBSS
5576 	 *
5577 	 * The driver can use this event to inform wpa_supplicant about a STA
5578 	 * in an IBSS with which protected frames could be exchanged. This
5579 	 * event starts RSN authentication with the other STA to authenticate
5580 	 * the STA and set up encryption keys with it.
5581 	 */
5582 	EVENT_IBSS_RSN_START,
5583 
5584 	/**
5585 	 * EVENT_AUTH - Authentication result
5586 	 *
5587 	 * This event should be called when authentication attempt has been
5588 	 * completed. This is only used if the driver supports separate
5589 	 * authentication step (struct wpa_driver_ops::authenticate).
5590 	 * Information about authentication result is included in
5591 	 * union wpa_event_data::auth.
5592 	 */
5593 	EVENT_AUTH,
5594 
5595 	/**
5596 	 * EVENT_DEAUTH - Authentication lost
5597 	 *
5598 	 * This event should be called when authentication is lost either due
5599 	 * to receiving deauthenticate frame from the AP or when sending that
5600 	 * frame to the current AP.
5601 	 * In AP mode, union wpa_event_data::deauth_info is required.
5602 	 */
5603 	EVENT_DEAUTH,
5604 
5605 	/**
5606 	 * EVENT_ASSOC_REJECT - Association rejected
5607 	 *
5608 	 * This event should be called when (re)association attempt has been
5609 	 * rejected by the AP. Information about the association response is
5610 	 * included in union wpa_event_data::assoc_reject.
5611 	 */
5612 	EVENT_ASSOC_REJECT,
5613 
5614 	/**
5615 	 * EVENT_AUTH_TIMED_OUT - Authentication timed out
5616 	 */
5617 	EVENT_AUTH_TIMED_OUT,
5618 
5619 	/**
5620 	 * EVENT_ASSOC_TIMED_OUT - Association timed out
5621 	 */
5622 	EVENT_ASSOC_TIMED_OUT,
5623 
5624 	/**
5625 	 * EVENT_WPS_BUTTON_PUSHED - Report hardware push button press for WPS
5626 	 */
5627 	EVENT_WPS_BUTTON_PUSHED,
5628 
5629 	/**
5630 	 * EVENT_TX_STATUS - Report TX status
5631 	 */
5632 	EVENT_TX_STATUS,
5633 
5634 	/**
5635 	 * EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN - Report RX from unknown STA
5636 	 */
5637 	EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN,
5638 
5639 	/**
5640 	 * EVENT_RX_MGMT - Report RX of a management frame
5641 	 */
5642 	EVENT_RX_MGMT,
5643 
5644 	/**
5645 	 * EVENT_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL - Remain-on-channel duration started
5646 	 *
5647 	 * This event is used to indicate when the driver has started the
5648 	 * requested remain-on-channel duration. Information about the
5649 	 * operation is included in union wpa_event_data::remain_on_channel.
5650 	 */
5651 	EVENT_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
5652 
5653 	/**
5654 	 * EVENT_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL - Remain-on-channel timed out
5655 	 *
5656 	 * This event is used to indicate when the driver has completed
5657 	 * remain-on-channel duration, i.e., may noot be available on the
5658 	 * requested channel anymore. Information about the
5659 	 * operation is included in union wpa_event_data::remain_on_channel.
5660 	 */
5661 	EVENT_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
5662 
5663 	/**
5664 	 * EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ - Indicate received Probe Request frame
5665 	 *
5666 	 * This event is used to indicate when a Probe Request frame has been
5667 	 * received. Information about the received frame is included in
5668 	 * union wpa_event_data::rx_probe_req. The driver is required to report
5669 	 * these events only after successfully completed probe_req_report()
5670 	 * commands to request the events (i.e., report parameter is non-zero)
5671 	 * in station mode. In AP mode, Probe Request frames should always be
5672 	 * reported.
5673 	 */
5674 	EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ,
5675 
5676 	/**
5677 	 * EVENT_NEW_STA - New wired device noticed
5678 	 *
5679 	 * This event is used to indicate that a new device has been detected
5680 	 * in a network that does not use association-like functionality (i.e.,
5681 	 * mainly wired Ethernet). This can be used to start EAPOL
5682 	 * authenticator when receiving a frame from a device. The address of
5683 	 * the device is included in union wpa_event_data::new_sta.
5684 	 */
5685 	EVENT_NEW_STA,
5686 
5687 	/**
5688 	 * EVENT_EAPOL_RX - Report received EAPOL frame
5689 	 *
5690 	 * When in AP mode with hostapd, this event is required to be used to
5691 	 * deliver the receive EAPOL frames from the driver.
5692 	 */
5693 	EVENT_EAPOL_RX,
5694 
5695 	/**
5696 	 * EVENT_SIGNAL_CHANGE - Indicate change in signal strength
5697 	 *
5698 	 * This event is used to indicate changes in the signal strength
5699 	 * observed in frames received from the current AP if signal strength
5700 	 * monitoring has been enabled with signal_monitor().
5701 	 */
5702 	EVENT_SIGNAL_CHANGE,
5703 
5704 	/**
5705 	 * EVENT_INTERFACE_ENABLED - Notify that interface was enabled
5706 	 *
5707 	 * This event is used to indicate that the interface was enabled after
5708 	 * having been previously disabled, e.g., due to rfkill.
5709 	 */
5710 	EVENT_INTERFACE_ENABLED,
5711 
5712 	/**
5713 	 * EVENT_INTERFACE_DISABLED - Notify that interface was disabled
5714 	 *
5715 	 * This event is used to indicate that the interface was disabled,
5716 	 * e.g., due to rfkill.
5717 	 */
5718 	EVENT_INTERFACE_DISABLED,
5719 
5720 	/**
5721 	 * EVENT_CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED - Channel list changed
5722 	 *
5723 	 * This event is used to indicate that the channel list has changed,
5724 	 * e.g., because of a regulatory domain change triggered by scan
5725 	 * results including an AP advertising a country code.
5726 	 */
5727 	EVENT_CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED,
5728 
5729 	/**
5730 	 * EVENT_INTERFACE_UNAVAILABLE - Notify that interface is unavailable
5731 	 *
5732 	 * This event is used to indicate that the driver cannot maintain this
5733 	 * interface in its operation mode anymore. The most likely use for
5734 	 * this is to indicate that AP mode operation is not available due to
5735 	 * operating channel would need to be changed to a DFS channel when
5736 	 * the driver does not support radar detection and another virtual
5737 	 * interfaces caused the operating channel to change. Other similar
5738 	 * resource conflicts could also trigger this for station mode
5739 	 * interfaces. This event can be propagated when channel switching
5740 	 * fails.
5741 	 */
5742 	EVENT_INTERFACE_UNAVAILABLE,
5743 
5744 	/**
5745 	 * EVENT_BEST_CHANNEL
5746 	 *
5747 	 * Driver generates this event whenever it detects a better channel
5748 	 * (e.g., based on RSSI or channel use). This information can be used
5749 	 * to improve channel selection for a new AP/P2P group.
5750 	 */
5751 	EVENT_BEST_CHANNEL,
5752 
5753 	/**
5754 	 * EVENT_UNPROT_DEAUTH - Unprotected Deauthentication frame received
5755 	 *
5756 	 * This event should be called when a Deauthentication frame is dropped
5757 	 * due to it not being protected (MFP/IEEE 802.11w).
5758 	 * union wpa_event_data::unprot_deauth is required to provide more
5759 	 * details of the frame.
5760 	 */
5761 	EVENT_UNPROT_DEAUTH,
5762 
5763 	/**
5764 	 * EVENT_UNPROT_DISASSOC - Unprotected Disassociation frame received
5765 	 *
5766 	 * This event should be called when a Disassociation frame is dropped
5767 	 * due to it not being protected (MFP/IEEE 802.11w).
5768 	 * union wpa_event_data::unprot_disassoc is required to provide more
5769 	 * details of the frame.
5770 	 */
5771 	EVENT_UNPROT_DISASSOC,
5772 
5773 	/**
5774 	 * EVENT_STATION_LOW_ACK
5775 	 *
5776 	 * Driver generates this event whenever it detected that a particular
5777 	 * station was lost. Detection can be through massive transmission
5778 	 * failures for example.
5779 	 */
5780 	EVENT_STATION_LOW_ACK,
5781 
5782 	/**
5783 	 * EVENT_IBSS_PEER_LOST - IBSS peer not reachable anymore
5784 	 */
5785 	EVENT_IBSS_PEER_LOST,
5786 
5787 	/**
5788 	 * EVENT_DRIVER_GTK_REKEY - Device/driver did GTK rekey
5789 	 *
5790 	 * This event carries the new replay counter to notify wpa_supplicant
5791 	 * of the current EAPOL-Key Replay Counter in case the driver/firmware
5792 	 * completed Group Key Handshake while the host (including
5793 	 * wpa_supplicant was sleeping).
5794 	 */
5795 	EVENT_DRIVER_GTK_REKEY,
5796 
5797 	/**
5798 	 * EVENT_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED - Scheduled scan was stopped
5799 	 */
5800 	EVENT_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
5801 
5802 	/**
5803 	 * EVENT_DRIVER_CLIENT_POLL_OK - Station responded to poll
5804 	 *
5805 	 * This event indicates that the station responded to the poll
5806 	 * initiated with @poll_client.
5807 	 */
5808 	EVENT_DRIVER_CLIENT_POLL_OK,
5809 
5810 	/**
5811 	 * EVENT_EAPOL_TX_STATUS - notify of EAPOL TX status
5812 	 */
5813 	EVENT_EAPOL_TX_STATUS,
5814 
5815 	/**
5816 	 * EVENT_CH_SWITCH - AP or GO decided to switch channels
5817 	 *
5818 	 * Described in wpa_event_data.ch_switch
5819 	 * */
5820 	EVENT_CH_SWITCH,
5821 
5822 	/**
5823 	 * EVENT_CH_SWITCH_STARTED - AP or GO started to switch channels
5824 	 *
5825 	 * This is a pre-switch event indicating the shortly following switch
5826 	 * of operating channels.
5827 	 *
5828 	 * Described in wpa_event_data.ch_switch
5829 	 */
5830 	EVENT_CH_SWITCH_STARTED,
5831 	/**
5832 	 * EVENT_WNM - Request WNM operation
5833 	 *
5834 	 * This event can be used to request a WNM operation to be performed.
5835 	 */
5836 	EVENT_WNM,
5837 
5838 	/**
5839 	 * EVENT_CONNECT_FAILED_REASON - Connection failure reason in AP mode
5840 	 *
5841 	 * This event indicates that the driver reported a connection failure
5842 	 * with the specified client (for example, max client reached, etc.) in
5843 	 * AP mode.
5844 	 */
5845 	EVENT_CONNECT_FAILED_REASON,
5846 
5847 	/**
5848 	 * EVENT_DFS_RADAR_DETECTED - Notify of radar detection
5849 	 *
5850 	 * A radar has been detected on the supplied frequency, hostapd should
5851 	 * react accordingly (e.g., change channel).
5852 	 */
5853 	EVENT_DFS_RADAR_DETECTED,
5854 
5855 	/**
5856 	 * EVENT_DFS_CAC_FINISHED - Notify that channel availability check has been completed
5857 	 *
5858 	 * After a successful CAC, the channel can be marked clear and used.
5859 	 */
5860 	EVENT_DFS_CAC_FINISHED,
5861 
5862 	/**
5863 	 * EVENT_DFS_CAC_ABORTED - Notify that channel availability check has been aborted
5864 	 *
5865 	 * The CAC was not successful, and the channel remains in the previous
5866 	 * state. This may happen due to a radar being detected or other
5867 	 * external influences.
5868 	 */
5869 	EVENT_DFS_CAC_ABORTED,
5870 
5871 	/**
5872 	 * EVENT_DFS_NOP_FINISHED - Notify that non-occupancy period is over
5873 	 *
5874 	 * The channel which was previously unavailable is now available again.
5875 	 */
5876 	EVENT_DFS_NOP_FINISHED,
5877 
5878 	/**
5879 	 * EVENT_SURVEY - Received survey data
5880 	 *
5881 	 * This event gets triggered when a driver query is issued for survey
5882 	 * data and the requested data becomes available. The returned data is
5883 	 * stored in struct survey_results. The results provide at most one
5884 	 * survey entry for each frequency and at minimum will provide one
5885 	 * survey entry for one frequency. The survey data can be os_malloc()'d
5886 	 * and then os_free()'d, so the event callback must only copy data.
5887 	 */
5888 	EVENT_SURVEY,
5889 
5890 	/**
5891 	 * EVENT_SCAN_STARTED - Scan started
5892 	 *
5893 	 * This indicates that driver has started a scan operation either based
5894 	 * on a request from wpa_supplicant/hostapd or from another application.
5895 	 * EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS is used to indicate when the scan has been
5896 	 * completed (either successfully or by getting cancelled).
5897 	 */
5898 	EVENT_SCAN_STARTED,
5899 
5900 	/**
5901 	 * EVENT_AVOID_FREQUENCIES - Received avoid frequency range
5902 	 *
5903 	 * This event indicates a set of frequency ranges that should be avoided
5904 	 * to reduce issues due to interference or internal co-existence
5905 	 * information in the driver.
5906 	 */
5907 	EVENT_AVOID_FREQUENCIES,
5908 
5909 	/**
5910 	 * EVENT_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE - new (unknown) mesh peer notification
5911 	 */
5912 	EVENT_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
5913 
5914 	/**
5915 	 * EVENT_ACS_CHANNEL_SELECTED - Received selected channels by ACS
5916 	 *
5917 	 * Indicates a pair of primary and secondary channels chosen by ACS
5918 	 * in device.
5919 	 */
5920 	EVENT_ACS_CHANNEL_SELECTED,
5921 
5922 	/**
5923 	 * EVENT_DFS_CAC_STARTED - Notify that channel availability check has
5924 	 * been started.
5925 	 *
5926 	 * This event indicates that channel availability check has been started
5927 	 * on a DFS frequency by a driver that supports DFS Offload.
5928 	 */
5929 	EVENT_DFS_CAC_STARTED,
5930 
5931 	/**
5932 	 * EVENT_P2P_LO_STOP - Notify that P2P listen offload is stopped
5933 	 */
5934 	EVENT_P2P_LO_STOP,
5935 
5936 	/**
5937 	 * EVENT_BEACON_LOSS - Beacon loss detected
5938 	 *
5939 	 * This event indicates that no Beacon frames has been received from
5940 	 * the current AP. This may indicate that the AP is not anymore in
5941 	 * range.
5942 	 */
5943 	EVENT_BEACON_LOSS,
5944 
5945 	/**
5946 	 * EVENT_DFS_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED - Notify that channel availability check
5947 	 * done previously (Pre-CAC) on the channel has expired. This would
5948 	 * normally be on a non-ETSI DFS regulatory domain. DFS state of the
5949 	 * channel will be moved from available to usable. A new CAC has to be
5950 	 * performed before start operating on this channel.
5951 	 */
5952 	EVENT_DFS_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
5953 
5954 	/**
5955 	 * EVENT_EXTERNAL_AUTH - This event interface is used by host drivers
5956 	 * that do not define separate commands for authentication and
5957 	 * association (~WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SME) but offload the 802.11
5958 	 * authentication to wpa_supplicant. This event carries all the
5959 	 * necessary information from the host driver for the authentication to
5960 	 * happen.
5961 	 */
5962 	EVENT_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
5963 
5964 	/**
5965 	 * EVENT_PORT_AUTHORIZED - Notification that a connection is authorized
5966 	 *
5967 	 * This event should be indicated when the driver completes the 4-way
5968 	 * handshake. This event should be preceded by an EVENT_ASSOC that
5969 	 * indicates the completion of IEEE 802.11 association.
5970 	 */
5971 	EVENT_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
5972 
5973 	/**
5974 	 * EVENT_STATION_OPMODE_CHANGED - Notify STA's HT/VHT operation mode
5975 	 * change event.
5976 	 */
5977 	EVENT_STATION_OPMODE_CHANGED,
5978 
5979 	/**
5980 	 * EVENT_INTERFACE_MAC_CHANGED - Notify that interface MAC changed
5981 	 *
5982 	 * This event is emitted when the MAC changes while the interface is
5983 	 * enabled. When an interface was disabled and becomes enabled, it
5984 	 * must be always assumed that the MAC possibly changed.
5985 	 */
5986 	EVENT_INTERFACE_MAC_CHANGED,
5987 
5988 	/**
5989 	 * EVENT_WDS_STA_INTERFACE_STATUS - Notify WDS STA interface status
5990 	 *
5991 	 * This event is emitted when an interface is added/removed for WDS STA.
5992 	 */
5993 	EVENT_WDS_STA_INTERFACE_STATUS,
5994 
5995 	/**
5996 	  * EVENT_UPDATE_DH - Notification of updated DH information
5997 	  */
5998 	EVENT_UPDATE_DH,
5999 
6000 	/**
6001 	 * EVENT_UNPROT_BEACON - Unprotected Beacon frame received
6002 	 *
6003 	 * This event should be called when a Beacon frame is dropped due to it
6004 	 * not being protected correctly. union wpa_event_data::unprot_beacon
6005 	 * is required to provide more details of the frame.
6006 	 */
6007 	EVENT_UNPROT_BEACON,
6008 
6009 	/**
6010 	 * EVENT_TX_WAIT_EXPIRE - TX wait timed out
6011 	 *
6012 	 * This event is used to indicate when the driver has completed
6013 	 * wait for a response frame based on a TX request that specified a
6014 	 * non-zero wait time and that has not been explicitly cancelled.
6015 	 */
6016 	EVENT_TX_WAIT_EXPIRE,
6017 
6018 	/**
6019 	  * EVENT_BSS_COLOR_COLLISION - Notification of a BSS color collision
6020 	  */
6021 	EVENT_BSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
6022 
6023 	/**
6024 	 * EVENT_CCA_STARTED_NOTIFY - Notification that CCA has started
6025 	 */
6026 	EVENT_CCA_STARTED_NOTIFY,
6027 
6028 	/**
6029 	 * EVENT_CCA_ABORTED_NOTIFY - Notification that CCA has aborted
6030 	 */
6031 	EVENT_CCA_ABORTED_NOTIFY,
6032 
6033 	/**
6034 	 * EVENT_CCA_NOTIFY - Notification that CCA has completed
6035 	 */
6036 	EVENT_CCA_NOTIFY,
6037 
6038 	/**
6039 	 * EVENT_PASN_AUTH - This event is used by the driver that requests
6040 	 * PASN authentication and secure ranging context for multiple peers.
6041 	 */
6042 	EVENT_PASN_AUTH,
6043 
6044 	/**
6045 	 * EVENT_LINK_CH_SWITCH - MLD AP link decided to switch channels
6046 	 *
6047 	 * Described in wpa_event_data.ch_switch.
6048 	 *
6049 	 */
6050 	EVENT_LINK_CH_SWITCH,
6051 
6052 	/**
6053 	 * EVENT_LINK_CH_SWITCH_STARTED - MLD AP link started to switch channels
6054 	 *
6055 	 * This is a pre-switch event indicating the shortly following switch
6056 	 * of operating channels.
6057 	 *
6058 	 * Described in wpa_event_data.ch_switch.
6059 	 */
6060 	EVENT_LINK_CH_SWITCH_STARTED,
6061 
6062 	/**
6063 	 * EVENT_TID_LINK_MAP - MLD event to set TID-to-link mapping
6064 	 *
6065 	 * This event is used by the driver to indicate the received TID-to-link
6066 	 * mapping response from the associated AP MLD.
6067 	 *
6068 	 * Described in wpa_event_data.t2l_map_info.
6069 	 */
6070 	EVENT_TID_LINK_MAP,
6071 
6072 	/**
6073 	 * EVENT_LINK_RECONFIG - Notification that AP links removed
6074 	 */
6075 	EVENT_LINK_RECONFIG,
6076 
6077 	/**
6078 	 * EVENT_MLD_INTERFACE_FREED - Notification of AP MLD interface removal
6079 	 */
6080 	EVENT_MLD_INTERFACE_FREED,
6081 };
6082 
6083 
6084 /**
6085  * struct freq_survey - Channel survey info
6086  *
6087  * @ifidx: Interface index in which this survey was observed
6088  * @freq: Center of frequency of the surveyed channel
6089  * @nf: Channel noise floor in dBm
6090  * @channel_time: Amount of time in ms the radio spent on the channel
6091  * @channel_time_busy: Amount of time in ms the radio detected some signal
6092  *     that indicated to the radio the channel was not clear
6093  * @channel_time_rx: Amount of time the radio spent receiving data
6094  * @channel_time_tx: Amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
6095  * @filled: bitmask indicating which fields have been reported, see
6096  *     SURVEY_HAS_* defines.
6097  * @list: Internal list pointers
6098  */
6099 struct freq_survey {
6100 	u32 ifidx;
6101 	unsigned int freq;
6102 	s8 nf;
6103 	u64 channel_time;
6104 	u64 channel_time_busy;
6105 	u64 channel_time_rx;
6106 	u64 channel_time_tx;
6107 	unsigned int filled;
6108 	struct dl_list list;
6109 };
6110 
6111 #define SURVEY_HAS_NF BIT(0)
6112 #define SURVEY_HAS_CHAN_TIME BIT(1)
6113 #define SURVEY_HAS_CHAN_TIME_BUSY BIT(2)
6114 #define SURVEY_HAS_CHAN_TIME_RX BIT(3)
6115 #define SURVEY_HAS_CHAN_TIME_TX BIT(4)
6116 
6117 /**
6118  * enum sta_connect_fail_reason_codes - STA connect failure reason code values
6119  * @STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_UNSPECIFIED: No reason code specified for
6120  *	connection failure.
6121  * @STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_NO_BSS_FOUND: No Probe Response frame received
6122  *	for unicast Probe Request frame.
6123  * @STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_AUTH_TX_FAIL: STA failed to send auth request.
6124  * @STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_AUTH_NO_ACK_RECEIVED: AP didn't send ACK for
6125  *	auth request.
6126  * @STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_AUTH_NO_RESP_RECEIVED: Auth response is not
6127  *	received from AP.
6128  * @STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_ASSOC_REQ_TX_FAIL: STA failed to send
6129  *	Association Request frame.
6130  * @STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_ASSOC_NO_ACK_RECEIVED: AP didn't send ACK for
6131  *	Association Request frame.
6132  * @STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_ASSOC_NO_RESP_RECEIVED: Association Response
6133  *	frame is not received from AP.
6134  */
6135 enum sta_connect_fail_reason_codes {
6136 	STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
6137 	STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_NO_BSS_FOUND = 1,
6138 	STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_AUTH_TX_FAIL = 2,
6139 	STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_AUTH_NO_ACK_RECEIVED = 3,
6140 	STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_AUTH_NO_RESP_RECEIVED = 4,
6141 	STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_ASSOC_REQ_TX_FAIL = 5,
6142 	STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_ASSOC_NO_ACK_RECEIVED = 6,
6143 	STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_ASSOC_NO_RESP_RECEIVED = 7,
6144 };
6145 
6146 /**
6147  * union wpa_event_data - Additional data for wpa_supplicant_event() calls
6148  */
6149 union wpa_event_data {
6150 	/**
6151 	 * struct assoc_info - Data for EVENT_ASSOC and EVENT_ASSOCINFO events
6152 	 *
6153 	 * This structure is optional for EVENT_ASSOC calls and required for
6154 	 * EVENT_ASSOCINFO calls. By using EVENT_ASSOC with this data, the
6155 	 * driver interface does not need to generate separate EVENT_ASSOCINFO
6156 	 * calls.
6157 	 */
6158 	struct assoc_info {
6159 		/**
6160 		 * reassoc - Flag to indicate association or reassociation
6161 		 */
6162 		int reassoc;
6163 
6164 		/**
6165 		 * req_ies - (Re)Association Request IEs
6166 		 *
6167 		 * If the driver generates WPA/RSN IE, this event data must be
6168 		 * returned for WPA handshake to have needed information. If
6169 		 * wpa_supplicant-generated WPA/RSN IE is used, this
6170 		 * information event is optional.
6171 		 *
6172 		 * This should start with the first IE (fixed fields before IEs
6173 		 * are not included).
6174 		 */
6175 		const u8 *req_ies;
6176 
6177 		/**
6178 		 * req_ies_len - Length of req_ies in bytes
6179 		 */
6180 		size_t req_ies_len;
6181 
6182 		/**
6183 		 * resp_ies - (Re)Association Response IEs
6184 		 *
6185 		 * Optional association data from the driver. This data is not
6186 		 * required WPA, but may be useful for some protocols and as
6187 		 * such, should be reported if this is available to the driver
6188 		 * interface.
6189 		 *
6190 		 * This should start with the first IE (fixed fields before IEs
6191 		 * are not included).
6192 		 */
6193 		const u8 *resp_ies;
6194 
6195 		/**
6196 		 * resp_ies_len - Length of resp_ies in bytes
6197 		 */
6198 		size_t resp_ies_len;
6199 
6200 		/**
6201 		 * resp_frame - (Re)Association Response frame
6202 		 */
6203 		const u8 *resp_frame;
6204 
6205 		/**
6206 		 * resp_frame_len - (Re)Association Response frame length
6207 		 */
6208 		size_t resp_frame_len;
6209 
6210 		/**
6211 		 * beacon_ies - Beacon or Probe Response IEs
6212 		 *
6213 		 * Optional Beacon/ProbeResp data: IEs included in Beacon or
6214 		 * Probe Response frames from the current AP (i.e., the one
6215 		 * that the client just associated with). This information is
6216 		 * used to update WPA/RSN IE for the AP. If this field is not
6217 		 * set, the results from previous scan will be used. If no
6218 		 * data for the new AP is found, scan results will be requested
6219 		 * again (without scan request). At this point, the driver is
6220 		 * expected to provide WPA/RSN IE for the AP (if WPA/WPA2 is
6221 		 * used).
6222 		 *
6223 		 * This should start with the first IE (fixed fields before IEs
6224 		 * are not included).
6225 		 */
6226 		const u8 *beacon_ies;
6227 
6228 		/**
6229 		 * beacon_ies_len - Length of beacon_ies */
6230 		size_t beacon_ies_len;
6231 
6232 		/**
6233 		 * freq - Frequency of the operational channel in MHz
6234 		 */
6235 		unsigned int freq;
6236 
6237 		/**
6238 		 * wmm_params - WMM parameters used in this association.
6239 		 */
6240 		struct wmm_params wmm_params;
6241 
6242 		/**
6243 		 * addr - Station address (for AP mode)
6244 		 */
6245 		const u8 *addr;
6246 
6247 		/**
6248 		 * The following is the key management offload information
6249 		 * @authorized
6250 		 * @key_replay_ctr
6251 		 * @key_replay_ctr_len
6252 		 * @ptk_kck
6253 		 * @ptk_kek_len
6254 		 * @ptk_kek
6255 		 * @ptk_kek_len
6256 		 */
6257 
6258 		/**
6259 		 * authorized - Status of key management offload,
6260 		 * 1 = successful
6261 		 */
6262 		int authorized;
6263 
6264 		/**
6265 		 * key_replay_ctr - Key replay counter value last used
6266 		 * in a valid EAPOL-Key frame
6267 		 */
6268 		const u8 *key_replay_ctr;
6269 
6270 		/**
6271 		 * key_replay_ctr_len - The length of key_replay_ctr
6272 		 */
6273 		size_t key_replay_ctr_len;
6274 
6275 		/**
6276 		 * ptk_kck - The derived PTK KCK
6277 		 */
6278 		const u8 *ptk_kck;
6279 
6280 		/**
6281 		 * ptk_kek_len - The length of ptk_kck
6282 		 */
6283 		size_t ptk_kck_len;
6284 
6285 		/**
6286 		 * ptk_kek - The derived PTK KEK
6287 		 * This is used in key management offload and also in FILS SK
6288 		 * offload.
6289 		 */
6290 		const u8 *ptk_kek;
6291 
6292 		/**
6293 		 * ptk_kek_len - The length of ptk_kek
6294 		 */
6295 		size_t ptk_kek_len;
6296 
6297 		/**
6298 		 * subnet_status - The subnet status:
6299 		 * 0 = unknown, 1 = unchanged, 2 = changed
6300 		 */
6301 		u8 subnet_status;
6302 
6303 		/**
6304 		 * The following information is used in FILS SK offload
6305 		 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num
6306 		 * @fils_pmk
6307 		 * @fils_pmk_len
6308 		 * @fils_pmkid
6309 		 */
6310 
6311 		/**
6312 		 * fils_erp_next_seq_num - The next sequence number to use in
6313 		 * FILS ERP messages
6314 		 */
6315 		u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
6316 
6317 		/**
6318 		 * fils_pmk - A new PMK if generated in case of FILS
6319 		 * authentication
6320 		 */
6321 		const u8 *fils_pmk;
6322 
6323 		/**
6324 		 * fils_pmk_len - Length of fils_pmk
6325 		 */
6326 		size_t fils_pmk_len;
6327 
6328 		/**
6329 		 * fils_pmkid - PMKID used or generated in FILS authentication
6330 		 */
6331 		const u8 *fils_pmkid;
6332 
6333 		/**
6334 		 * link_addr - Link address of the STA
6335 		 */
6336 		const u8 *link_addr;
6337 
6338 		/**
6339 		 * assoc_link_id - Association link id of the MLO association or
6340 		 *	-1 if MLO is not used
6341 		 */
6342 		int assoc_link_id;
6343 	} assoc_info;
6344 
6345 	/**
6346 	 * struct disassoc_info - Data for EVENT_DISASSOC events
6347 	 */
6348 	struct disassoc_info {
6349 		/**
6350 		 * addr - Station address (for AP mode)
6351 		 */
6352 		const u8 *addr;
6353 
6354 		/**
6355 		 * reason_code - Reason Code (host byte order) used in
6356 		 *	Deauthentication frame
6357 		 */
6358 		u16 reason_code;
6359 
6360 		/**
6361 		 * ie - Optional IE(s) in Disassociation frame
6362 		 */
6363 		const u8 *ie;
6364 
6365 		/**
6366 		 * ie_len - Length of ie buffer in octets
6367 		 */
6368 		size_t ie_len;
6369 
6370 		/**
6371 		 * locally_generated - Whether the frame was locally generated
6372 		 */
6373 		int locally_generated;
6374 	} disassoc_info;
6375 
6376 	/**
6377 	 * struct deauth_info - Data for EVENT_DEAUTH events
6378 	 */
6379 	struct deauth_info {
6380 		/**
6381 		 * addr - Station address (for AP mode)
6382 		 */
6383 		const u8 *addr;
6384 
6385 		/**
6386 		 * reason_code - Reason Code (host byte order) used in
6387 		 *	Deauthentication frame
6388 		 */
6389 		u16 reason_code;
6390 
6391 		/**
6392 		 * ie - Optional IE(s) in Deauthentication frame
6393 		 */
6394 		const u8 *ie;
6395 
6396 		/**
6397 		 * ie_len - Length of ie buffer in octets
6398 		 */
6399 		size_t ie_len;
6400 
6401 		/**
6402 		 * locally_generated - Whether the frame was locally generated
6403 		 */
6404 		int locally_generated;
6405 	} deauth_info;
6406 
6407 	/**
6408 	 * struct michael_mic_failure - Data for EVENT_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE
6409 	 */
6410 	struct michael_mic_failure {
6411 		int unicast;
6412 		const u8 *src;
6413 	} michael_mic_failure;
6414 
6415 	/**
6416 	 * struct interface_status - Data for EVENT_INTERFACE_STATUS
6417 	 */
6418 	struct interface_status {
6419 		unsigned int ifindex;
6420 		char ifname[100];
6421 		enum {
6422 			EVENT_INTERFACE_ADDED, EVENT_INTERFACE_REMOVED
6423 		} ievent;
6424 	} interface_status;
6425 
6426 	/**
6427 	 * struct pmkid_candidate - Data for EVENT_PMKID_CANDIDATE
6428 	 */
6429 	struct pmkid_candidate {
6430 		/** BSSID of the PMKID candidate */
6431 		u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
6432 		/** Smaller the index, higher the priority */
6433 		int index;
6434 		/** Whether RSN IE includes pre-authenticate flag */
6435 		int preauth;
6436 	} pmkid_candidate;
6437 
6438 	/**
6439 	 * struct tdls - Data for EVENT_TDLS
6440 	 */
6441 	struct tdls {
6442 		u8 peer[ETH_ALEN];
6443 		enum {
6444 			TDLS_REQUEST_SETUP,
6445 			TDLS_REQUEST_TEARDOWN,
6446 			TDLS_REQUEST_DISCOVER,
6447 		} oper;
6448 		u16 reason_code; /* for teardown */
6449 	} tdls;
6450 
6451 	/**
6452 	 * struct wnm - Data for EVENT_WNM
6453 	 */
6454 	struct wnm {
6455 		u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
6456 		enum {
6457 			WNM_OPER_SLEEP,
6458 		} oper;
6459 		enum {
6460 			WNM_SLEEP_ENTER,
6461 			WNM_SLEEP_EXIT
6462 		} sleep_action;
6463 		int sleep_intval;
6464 		u16 reason_code;
6465 		u8 *buf;
6466 		u16 buf_len;
6467 	} wnm;
6468 
6469 	/**
6470 	 * struct ft_ies - FT information elements (EVENT_FT_RESPONSE)
6471 	 *
6472 	 * During FT (IEEE 802.11r) authentication sequence, the driver is
6473 	 * expected to use this event to report received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE,
6474 	 * RSN IE, TIE, possible resource request) to the supplicant. The FT
6475 	 * IEs for the next message will be delivered through the
6476 	 * struct wpa_driver_ops::update_ft_ies() callback.
6477 	 */
6478 	struct ft_ies {
6479 		const u8 *ies;
6480 		size_t ies_len;
6481 		int ft_action;
6482 		u8 target_ap[ETH_ALEN];
6483 		/** Optional IE(s), e.g., WMM TSPEC(s), for RIC-Request */
6484 		const u8 *ric_ies;
6485 		/** Length of ric_ies buffer in octets */
6486 		size_t ric_ies_len;
6487 	} ft_ies;
6488 
6489 	/**
6490 	 * struct ibss_rsn_start - Data for EVENT_IBSS_RSN_START
6491 	 */
6492 	struct ibss_rsn_start {
6493 		u8 peer[ETH_ALEN];
6494 	} ibss_rsn_start;
6495 
6496 	/**
6497 	 * struct auth_info - Data for EVENT_AUTH events
6498 	 */
6499 	struct auth_info {
6500 		u8 peer[ETH_ALEN];
6501 		u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
6502 		u16 auth_type;
6503 		u16 auth_transaction;
6504 		u16 status_code;
6505 		const u8 *ies;
6506 		size_t ies_len;
6507 	} auth;
6508 
6509 	/**
6510 	 * struct assoc_reject - Data for EVENT_ASSOC_REJECT events
6511 	 */
6512 	struct assoc_reject {
6513 		/**
6514 		 * bssid - BSSID of the AP that rejected association
6515 		 */
6516 		const u8 *bssid;
6517 
6518 		/**
6519 		 * resp_ies - (Re)Association Response IEs
6520 		 *
6521 		 * Optional association data from the driver. This data is not
6522 		 * required WPA, but may be useful for some protocols and as
6523 		 * such, should be reported if this is available to the driver
6524 		 * interface.
6525 		 *
6526 		 * This should start with the first IE (fixed fields before IEs
6527 		 * are not included).
6528 		 */
6529 		const u8 *resp_ies;
6530 
6531 		/**
6532 		 * resp_ies_len - Length of resp_ies in bytes
6533 		 */
6534 		size_t resp_ies_len;
6535 
6536 		/**
6537 		 * status_code - Status Code from (Re)association Response
6538 		 */
6539 		u16 status_code;
6540 
6541 		/**
6542 		 * timed_out - Whether failure is due to timeout (etc.) rather
6543 		 * than explicit rejection response from the AP.
6544 		 */
6545 		int timed_out;
6546 
6547 		/**
6548 		 * timeout_reason - Reason for the timeout
6549 		 */
6550 		const char *timeout_reason;
6551 
6552 		/**
6553 		 * fils_erp_next_seq_num - The next sequence number to use in
6554 		 * FILS ERP messages
6555 		 */
6556 		u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
6557 
6558 		/**
6559 		 * reason_code - Connection failure reason code from the driver
6560 		 */
6561 		enum sta_connect_fail_reason_codes reason_code;
6562 	} assoc_reject;
6563 
6564 	struct timeout_event {
6565 		u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
6566 	} timeout_event;
6567 
6568 	/**
6569 	 * struct tx_status - Data for EVENT_TX_STATUS events
6570 	 */
6571 	struct tx_status {
6572 		u16 type;
6573 		u16 stype;
6574 		const u8 *dst;
6575 		const u8 *data;
6576 		size_t data_len;
6577 		int ack;
6578 		int link_id;
6579 	} tx_status;
6580 
6581 	/**
6582 	 * struct rx_from_unknown - Data for EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN events
6583 	 */
6584 	struct rx_from_unknown {
6585 		const u8 *bssid;
6586 		const u8 *addr;
6587 		int wds;
6588 	} rx_from_unknown;
6589 
6590 	/**
6591 	 * struct rx_mgmt - Data for EVENT_RX_MGMT events
6592 	 */
6593 	struct rx_mgmt {
6594 		const u8 *frame;
6595 		size_t frame_len;
6596 		u32 datarate;
6597 
6598 		/**
6599 		 * drv_priv - Pointer to store driver private BSS information
6600 		 *
6601 		 * If not set to NULL, this is used for comparison with
6602 		 * hostapd_data->drv_priv to determine which BSS should process
6603 		 * the frame.
6604 		 */
6605 		void *drv_priv;
6606 
6607 		/**
6608 		 * ctx - Pointer to store ctx of private BSS information
6609 		 *
6610 		 * If not set to NULL, this is used for forwarding the packet
6611 		 * to right link BSS of ML BSS.
6612 		 */
6613 		void *ctx;
6614 
6615 		/**
6616 		 * freq - Frequency (in MHz) on which the frame was received
6617 		 */
6618 		int freq;
6619 
6620 		/**
6621 		 * ssi_signal - Signal strength in dBm (or 0 if not available)
6622 		 */
6623 		int ssi_signal;
6624 
6625 		/**
6626 		 * link_id - MLO link on which the frame was received or -1 for
6627 		 * non MLD.
6628 		 */
6629 		int link_id;
6630 	} rx_mgmt;
6631 
6632 	/**
6633 	 * struct remain_on_channel - Data for EVENT_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL events
6634 	 *
6635 	 * This is also used with EVENT_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL events.
6636 	 */
6637 	struct remain_on_channel {
6638 		/**
6639 		 * freq - Channel frequency in MHz
6640 		 */
6641 		unsigned int freq;
6642 
6643 		/**
6644 		 * duration - Duration to remain on the channel in milliseconds
6645 		 */
6646 		unsigned int duration;
6647 	} remain_on_channel;
6648 
6649 	/**
6650 	 * struct scan_info - Optional data for EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS events
6651 	 * @aborted: Whether the scan was aborted
6652 	 * @freqs: Scanned frequencies in MHz (%NULL = all channels scanned)
6653 	 * @num_freqs: Number of entries in freqs array
6654 	 * @ssids: Scanned SSIDs (%NULL or zero-length SSID indicates wildcard
6655 	 *	SSID)
6656 	 * @num_ssids: Number of entries in ssids array
6657 	 * @external_scan: Whether the scan info is for an external scan
6658 	 * @nl_scan_event: 1 if the source of this scan event is a normal scan,
6659 	 * 	0 if the source of the scan event is a vendor scan
6660 	 * @scan_start_tsf: Time when the scan started in terms of TSF of the
6661 	 *	BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6662 	 *	(if available).
6663 	 * @scan_start_tsf_bssid: The BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf
6664 	 *	is set.
6665 	 * @scan_cookie: Unique identification representing the corresponding
6666 	 *      scan request. 0 if no unique identification is available.
6667 	 */
6668 	struct scan_info {
6669 		int aborted;
6670 		const int *freqs;
6671 		size_t num_freqs;
6672 		struct wpa_driver_scan_ssid ssids[WPAS_MAX_SCAN_SSIDS];
6673 		size_t num_ssids;
6674 		int external_scan;
6675 		int nl_scan_event;
6676 		u64 scan_start_tsf;
6677 		u8 scan_start_tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
6678 		u64 scan_cookie;
6679 	} scan_info;
6680 
6681 	/**
6682 	 * struct rx_probe_req - Data for EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ events
6683 	 */
6684 	struct rx_probe_req {
6685 		/**
6686 		 * sa - Source address of the received Probe Request frame
6687 		 */
6688 		const u8 *sa;
6689 
6690 		/**
6691 		 * da - Destination address of the received Probe Request frame
6692 		 *	or %NULL if not available
6693 		 */
6694 		const u8 *da;
6695 
6696 		/**
6697 		 * bssid - BSSID of the received Probe Request frame or %NULL
6698 		 *	if not available
6699 		 */
6700 		const u8 *bssid;
6701 
6702 		/**
6703 		 * ie - IEs from the Probe Request body
6704 		 */
6705 		const u8 *ie;
6706 
6707 		/**
6708 		 * ie_len - Length of ie buffer in octets
6709 		 */
6710 		size_t ie_len;
6711 
6712 		/**
6713 		 * signal - signal strength in dBm (or 0 if not available)
6714 		 */
6715 		int ssi_signal;
6716 	} rx_probe_req;
6717 
6718 	/**
6719 	 * struct new_sta - Data for EVENT_NEW_STA events
6720 	 */
6721 	struct new_sta {
6722 		const u8 *addr;
6723 	} new_sta;
6724 
6725 	/**
6726 	 * struct eapol_rx - Data for EVENT_EAPOL_RX events
6727 	 */
6728 	struct eapol_rx {
6729 		const u8 *src;
6730 		const u8 *data;
6731 		size_t data_len;
6732 		enum frame_encryption encrypted;
6733 		int link_id;
6734 	} eapol_rx;
6735 
6736 	/**
6737 	 * signal_change - Data for EVENT_SIGNAL_CHANGE events
6738 	 */
6739 	struct wpa_signal_info signal_change;
6740 
6741 	/**
6742 	 * struct best_channel - Data for EVENT_BEST_CHANNEL events
6743 	 * @freq_24: Best 2.4 GHz band channel frequency in MHz
6744 	 * @freq_5: Best 5 GHz band channel frequency in MHz
6745 	 * @freq_overall: Best channel frequency in MHz
6746 	 *
6747 	 * 0 can be used to indicate no preference in either band.
6748 	 */
6749 	struct best_channel {
6750 		int freq_24;
6751 		int freq_5;
6752 		int freq_overall;
6753 	} best_chan;
6754 
6755 	struct unprot_deauth {
6756 		const u8 *sa;
6757 		const u8 *da;
6758 		u16 reason_code;
6759 	} unprot_deauth;
6760 
6761 	struct unprot_disassoc {
6762 		const u8 *sa;
6763 		const u8 *da;
6764 		u16 reason_code;
6765 	} unprot_disassoc;
6766 
6767 	/**
6768 	 * struct low_ack - Data for EVENT_STATION_LOW_ACK events
6769 	 * @addr: station address
6770 	 * @num_packets: Number of packets lost (consecutive packets not
6771 	 * acknowledged)
6772 	 */
6773 	struct low_ack {
6774 		u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
6775 		u32 num_packets;
6776 	} low_ack;
6777 
6778 	/**
6779 	 * struct ibss_peer_lost - Data for EVENT_IBSS_PEER_LOST
6780 	 */
6781 	struct ibss_peer_lost {
6782 		u8 peer[ETH_ALEN];
6783 	} ibss_peer_lost;
6784 
6785 	/**
6786 	 * struct driver_gtk_rekey - Data for EVENT_DRIVER_GTK_REKEY
6787 	 */
6788 	struct driver_gtk_rekey {
6789 		const u8 *bssid;
6790 		const u8 *replay_ctr;
6791 	} driver_gtk_rekey;
6792 
6793 	/**
6794 	 * struct client_poll - Data for EVENT_DRIVER_CLIENT_POLL_OK events
6795 	 * @addr: station address
6796 	 */
6797 	struct client_poll {
6798 		u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
6799 	} client_poll;
6800 
6801 	/**
6802 	 * struct eapol_tx_status
6803 	 * @dst: Original destination
6804 	 * @data: Data starting with IEEE 802.1X header (!)
6805 	 * @data_len: Length of data
6806 	 * @ack: Indicates ack or lost frame
6807 	 * @link_id: MLD link id used to transmit the frame or -1 for non MLO
6808 	 *
6809 	 * This corresponds to hapd_send_eapol if the frame sent
6810 	 * there isn't just reported as EVENT_TX_STATUS.
6811 	 */
6812 	struct eapol_tx_status {
6813 		const u8 *dst;
6814 		const u8 *data;
6815 		int data_len;
6816 		int ack;
6817 		int link_id;
6818 	} eapol_tx_status;
6819 
6820 	/**
6821 	 * struct ch_switch
6822 	 * @freq: Frequency of new channel in MHz
6823 	 * @ht_enabled: Whether this is an HT channel
6824 	 * @ch_offset: Secondary channel offset
6825 	 * @ch_width: Channel width
6826 	 * @cf1: Center frequency 1
6827 	 * @cf2: Center frequency 2
6828 	 * @link_id: Link ID of the MLO link
6829 	 * @punct_bitmap: Puncturing bitmap
6830 	 */
6831 	struct ch_switch {
6832 		int freq;
6833 		int ht_enabled;
6834 		int ch_offset;
6835 		enum chan_width ch_width;
6836 		int cf1;
6837 		int cf2;
6838 		int link_id;
6839 		u16 punct_bitmap;
6840 	} ch_switch;
6841 
6842 	/**
6843 	 * struct connect_failed - Data for EVENT_CONNECT_FAILED_REASON
6844 	 * @addr: Remote client address
6845 	 * @code: Reason code for connection failure
6846 	 */
6847 	struct connect_failed_reason {
6848 		u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
6849 		enum {
6850 			MAX_CLIENT_REACHED,
6851 			BLOCKED_CLIENT
6852 		} code;
6853 	} connect_failed_reason;
6854 
6855 	/**
6856 	 * struct dfs_event - Data for radar detected events
6857 	 * @freq: Frequency of the channel in MHz
6858 	 * @link_id: If >= 0, Link ID of the MLO link
6859 	 */
6860 	struct dfs_event {
6861 		int freq;
6862 		int ht_enabled;
6863 		int chan_offset;
6864 		enum chan_width chan_width;
6865 		int cf1;
6866 		int cf2;
6867 		int link_id;
6868 	} dfs_event;
6869 
6870 	/**
6871 	 * survey_results - Survey result data for EVENT_SURVEY
6872 	 * @freq_filter: Requested frequency survey filter, 0 if request
6873 	 *	was for all survey data
6874 	 * @survey_list: Linked list of survey data (struct freq_survey)
6875 	 */
6876 	struct survey_results {
6877 		unsigned int freq_filter;
6878 		struct dl_list survey_list; /* struct freq_survey */
6879 	} survey_results;
6880 
6881 	/**
6882 	 * channel_list_changed - Data for EVENT_CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED
6883 	 * @initiator: Initiator of the regulatory change
6884 	 * @type: Regulatory change type
6885 	 * @alpha2: Country code (or "" if not available)
6886 	 * @beacon_hint_before: Data for frequency attributes before beacon hint
6887 	 *	event if initiator == REGDOM_BEACON_HINT
6888 	 * @beacon_hint_after: Data for frequency attributes after beacon hint
6889 	 *	event if initiator == REGDOM_BEACON_HINT
6890 	 */
6891 	struct channel_list_changed {
6892 		enum reg_change_initiator initiator;
6893 		enum reg_type type;
6894 		char alpha2[3];
6895 		struct frequency_attrs {
6896 			unsigned int freq;
6897 			unsigned int max_tx_power;
6898 			bool disabled;
6899 			bool no_ir;
6900 			bool radar;
6901 		} beacon_hint_before, beacon_hint_after;
6902 	} channel_list_changed;
6903 
6904 	/**
6905 	 * freq_range - List of frequency ranges
6906 	 *
6907 	 * This is used as the data with EVENT_AVOID_FREQUENCIES.
6908 	 */
6909 	struct wpa_freq_range_list freq_range;
6910 
6911 	/**
6912 	 * struct mesh_peer
6913 	 *
6914 	 * @peer: Peer address
6915 	 * @ies: Beacon IEs
6916 	 * @ie_len: Length of @ies
6917 	 *
6918 	 * Notification of new candidate mesh peer.
6919 	 */
6920 	struct mesh_peer {
6921 		const u8 *peer;
6922 		const u8 *ies;
6923 		size_t ie_len;
6924 	} mesh_peer;
6925 
6926 	/**
6927 	 * struct acs_selected_channels - Data for EVENT_ACS_CHANNEL_SELECTED
6928 	 * @pri_freq: Selected primary frequency
6929 	 * @sec_freq: Selected secondary frequency
6930 	 * @edmg_channel: Selected EDMG channel
6931 	 * @vht_seg0_center_ch: VHT mode Segment0 center channel
6932 	 *	The value is the index of the channel center frequency for
6933 	 *	20 MHz, 40 MHz, and 80 MHz channels. The value is the center
6934 	 *	frequency index of the primary 80 MHz segment for 160 MHz and
6935 	 *	80+80 MHz channels.
6936 	 * @vht_seg1_center_ch: VHT mode Segment1 center channel
6937 	 *	The value is zero for 20 MHz, 40 MHz, and 80 MHz channels. The
6938 	 *	value is the index of the channel center frequency for 160 MHz
6939 	 *	channels and the center frequency index of the secondary 80 MHz
6940 	 *	segment for 80+80 MHz channels.
6941 	 * @ch_width: Selected Channel width by driver. Driver may choose to
6942 	 *	change hostapd configured ACS channel width due driver internal
6943 	 *	channel restrictions.
6944 	 * @hw_mode: Selected band (used with hw_mode=any)
6945 	 * @puncture_bitmap: Indicate the puncturing channels
6946 	 * @link_id: Indicate the link id if operating as AP MLD; -1 otherwise
6947 	 */
6948 	struct acs_selected_channels {
6949 		unsigned int pri_freq;
6950 		unsigned int sec_freq;
6951 		u8 edmg_channel;
6952 		u8 vht_seg0_center_ch;
6953 		u8 vht_seg1_center_ch;
6954 		u16 ch_width;
6955 		enum hostapd_hw_mode hw_mode;
6956 		u16 puncture_bitmap;
6957 		int link_id;
6958 	} acs_selected_channels;
6959 
6960 	/**
6961 	 * struct p2p_lo_stop - Reason code for P2P Listen offload stop event
6962 	 * @reason_code: Reason for stopping offload
6963 	 *	P2P_LO_STOPPED_REASON_COMPLETE: Listen offload finished as
6964 	 *	scheduled.
6965 	 *	P2P_LO_STOPPED_REASON_RECV_STOP_CMD: Host requested offload to
6966 	 *	be stopped.
6967 	 *	P2P_LO_STOPPED_REASON_INVALID_PARAM: Invalid listen offload
6968 	 *	parameters.
6969 	 *	P2P_LO_STOPPED_REASON_NOT_SUPPORTED: Listen offload not
6970 	 *	supported by device.
6971 	 */
6972 	struct p2p_lo_stop {
6973 		enum {
6974 			P2P_LO_STOPPED_REASON_COMPLETE = 0,
6975 			P2P_LO_STOPPED_REASON_RECV_STOP_CMD,
6976 			P2P_LO_STOPPED_REASON_INVALID_PARAM,
6977 			P2P_LO_STOPPED_REASON_NOT_SUPPORTED,
6978 		} reason_code;
6979 	} p2p_lo_stop;
6980 
6981 	/* For EVENT_EXTERNAL_AUTH */
6982 	struct external_auth external_auth;
6983 
6984 	/**
6985 	 * struct sta_opmode - Station's operation mode change event
6986 	 * @addr: The station MAC address
6987 	 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode of the station
6988 	 * @chan_width: Channel width of the station
6989 	 * @rx_nss: RX_NSS of the station
6990 	 *
6991 	 * This is used as data with EVENT_STATION_OPMODE_CHANGED.
6992 	 */
6993 	struct sta_opmode {
6994 		const u8 *addr;
6995 		enum smps_mode smps_mode;
6996 		enum chan_width chan_width;
6997 		u8 rx_nss;
6998 	} sta_opmode;
6999 
7000 	/**
7001 	 * struct wds_sta_interface - Data for EVENT_WDS_STA_INTERFACE_STATUS.
7002 	 */
7003 	struct wds_sta_interface {
7004 		const u8 *sta_addr;
7005 		const char *ifname;
7006 		enum {
7007 			INTERFACE_ADDED,
7008 			INTERFACE_REMOVED
7009 		} istatus;
7010 	} wds_sta_interface;
7011 
7012 	/**
7013 	 * struct update_dh - Data for EVENT_UPDATE_DH
7014 	 */
7015 	struct update_dh {
7016 		const u8 *peer;
7017 		const u8 *ie;
7018 		size_t ie_len;
7019 		int assoc_link_id;
7020 		const u8 *link_addr;
7021 	} update_dh;
7022 
7023 	/**
7024 	 * struct unprot_beacon - Data for EVENT_UNPROT_BEACON
7025 	 */
7026 	struct unprot_beacon {
7027 		const u8 *sa;
7028 	} unprot_beacon;
7029 
7030 	/**
7031 	 * struct bss_color_collision - Data for EVENT_BSS_COLOR_COLLISION
7032 	 */
7033 	struct bss_color_collision {
7034 		u64 bitmap;
7035 		int link_id;
7036 	} bss_color_collision;
7037 
7038 	/**
7039 	 * struct pasn_auth - Data for EVENT_PASN_AUTH
7040 	 */
7041 	struct pasn_auth pasn_auth;
7042 
7043 	/**
7044 	 * struct port_authorized - Data for EVENT_PORT_AUTHORIZED
7045 	 * @td_bitmap: For STA mode, transition disable bitmap, if received in
7046 	 *	EAPOL-Key msg 3/4
7047 	 * @td_bitmap_len: For STA mode, length of td_bitmap
7048 	 * @sta_addr: For AP mode, the MAC address of the associated STA
7049 	 *
7050 	 * This event is used to indicate that the port is authorized and
7051 	 * open for normal data in STA and AP modes when 4-way handshake is
7052 	 * offloaded to the driver.
7053 	 */
7054 	struct port_authorized {
7055 		const u8 *td_bitmap;
7056 		size_t td_bitmap_len;
7057 		const u8 *sta_addr;
7058 	} port_authorized;
7059 
7060 	/**
7061 	 * struct tid_link_map_info - Data for EVENT_TID_LINK_MAP
7062 	 */
7063 	struct tid_link_map_info {
7064 		bool default_map;
7065 		u8 valid_links;
7066 		struct t2lm_mapping t2lmap[MAX_NUM_MLD_LINKS];
7067 	} t2l_map_info;
7068 };
7069 
7070 /**
7071  * wpa_supplicant_event - Report a driver event for wpa_supplicant
7072  * @ctx: Context pointer (wpa_s); this is the ctx variable registered
7073  *	with struct wpa_driver_ops::init()
7074  * @event: event type (defined above)
7075  * @data: possible extra data for the event
7076  *
7077  * Driver wrapper code should call this function whenever an event is received
7078  * from the driver.
7079  */
7080 void wpa_supplicant_event(void *ctx, enum wpa_event_type event,
7081 			  union wpa_event_data *data);
7082 
7083 /**
7084  * wpa_supplicant_event_global - Report a driver event for wpa_supplicant
7085  * @ctx: Context pointer (wpa_s); this is the ctx variable registered
7086  *	with struct wpa_driver_ops::init()
7087  * @event: event type (defined above)
7088  * @data: possible extra data for the event
7089  *
7090  * Same as wpa_supplicant_event(), but we search for the interface in
7091  * wpa_global.
7092  */
7093 void wpa_supplicant_event_global(void *ctx, enum wpa_event_type event,
7094 				 union wpa_event_data *data);
7095 
7096 /*
7097  * The following inline functions are provided for convenience to simplify
7098  * event indication for some of the common events.
7099  */
7100 
drv_event_assoc(void * ctx,const u8 * addr,const u8 * req_ies,size_t req_ielen,const u8 * resp_ies,size_t resp_ielen,const u8 * link_addr,int assoc_link_id,int reassoc)7101 static inline void drv_event_assoc(void *ctx, const u8 *addr, const u8 *req_ies,
7102 				   size_t req_ielen, const u8 *resp_ies,
7103 				   size_t resp_ielen, const u8 *link_addr,
7104 				   int assoc_link_id, int reassoc)
7105 {
7106 	union wpa_event_data event;
7107 	os_memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
7108 	event.assoc_info.reassoc = reassoc;
7109 	event.assoc_info.req_ies = req_ies;
7110 	event.assoc_info.req_ies_len = req_ielen;
7111 	event.assoc_info.resp_ies = resp_ies;
7112 	event.assoc_info.resp_ies_len = resp_ielen;
7113 	event.assoc_info.addr = addr;
7114 	event.assoc_info.link_addr = link_addr;
7115 	event.assoc_info.assoc_link_id = assoc_link_id;
7116 	wpa_supplicant_event(ctx, EVENT_ASSOC, &event);
7117 }
7118 
drv_event_disassoc(void * ctx,const u8 * addr)7119 static inline void drv_event_disassoc(void *ctx, const u8 *addr)
7120 {
7121 	union wpa_event_data event;
7122 	os_memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
7123 	event.disassoc_info.addr = addr;
7124 	wpa_supplicant_event(ctx, EVENT_DISASSOC, &event);
7125 }
7126 
drv_event_eapol_rx(void * ctx,const u8 * src,const u8 * data,size_t data_len)7127 static inline void drv_event_eapol_rx(void *ctx, const u8 *src, const u8 *data,
7128 				      size_t data_len)
7129 {
7130 	union wpa_event_data event;
7131 	os_memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
7132 	event.eapol_rx.src = src;
7133 	event.eapol_rx.data = data;
7134 	event.eapol_rx.data_len = data_len;
7135 	event.eapol_rx.encrypted = FRAME_ENCRYPTION_UNKNOWN;
7136 	event.eapol_rx.link_id = -1;
7137 	wpa_supplicant_event(ctx, EVENT_EAPOL_RX, &event);
7138 }
7139 
drv_event_eapol_rx2(void * ctx,const u8 * src,const u8 * data,size_t data_len,enum frame_encryption encrypted,int link_id)7140 static inline void drv_event_eapol_rx2(void *ctx, const u8 *src, const u8 *data,
7141 				       size_t data_len,
7142 				       enum frame_encryption encrypted,
7143 				       int link_id)
7144 {
7145 	union wpa_event_data event;
7146 	os_memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
7147 	event.eapol_rx.src = src;
7148 	event.eapol_rx.data = data;
7149 	event.eapol_rx.data_len = data_len;
7150 	event.eapol_rx.encrypted = encrypted;
7151 	event.eapol_rx.link_id = link_id;
7152 	wpa_supplicant_event(ctx, EVENT_EAPOL_RX, &event);
7153 }
7154 
7155 /* driver_common.c */
7156 void wpa_scan_results_free(struct wpa_scan_results *res);
7157 
7158 /* Convert wpa_event_type to a string for logging */
7159 const char * event_to_string(enum wpa_event_type event);
7160 
7161 /* Convert chan_width to a string for logging and control interfaces */
7162 const char * channel_width_to_string(enum chan_width width);
7163 
7164 int channel_width_to_int(enum chan_width width);
7165 
7166 int ht_supported(const struct hostapd_hw_modes *mode);
7167 int vht_supported(const struct hostapd_hw_modes *mode);
7168 bool he_supported(const struct hostapd_hw_modes *hw_mode,
7169 		  enum ieee80211_op_mode op_mode);
7170 
7171 struct wowlan_triggers *
7172 wpa_get_wowlan_triggers(const char *wowlan_triggers,
7173 			const struct wpa_driver_capa *capa);
7174 /* Convert driver flag to string */
7175 const char * driver_flag_to_string(u64 flag);
7176 const char * driver_flag2_to_string(u64 flag2);
7177 
7178 /* NULL terminated array of linked in driver wrappers */
7179 extern const struct wpa_driver_ops *const wpa_drivers[];
7180 
7181 
7182 /* Available drivers */
7183 
7184 #ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_WEXT
7185 extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_wext_ops; /* driver_wext.c */
7186 #endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_WEXT */
7187 #ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211
7188 /* driver_nl80211.c */
7189 extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_nl80211_ops;
7190 #endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211 */
7191 #ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_HOSTAP
7192 extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_hostap_ops; /* driver_hostap.c */
7193 #endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_HOSTAP */
7194 #ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_BSD
7195 extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_bsd_ops; /* driver_bsd.c */
7196 #endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_BSD */
7197 #ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_OPENBSD
7198 /* driver_openbsd.c */
7199 extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_openbsd_ops;
7200 #endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_OPENBSD */
7201 #ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_NDIS
7202 extern struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_ndis_ops; /* driver_ndis.c */
7203 #endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_NDIS */
7204 #ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_WIRED
7205 extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_wired_ops; /* driver_wired.c */
7206 #endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_WIRED */
7207 #ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_MACSEC_QCA
7208 /* driver_macsec_qca.c */
7209 extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_macsec_qca_ops;
7210 #endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_MACSEC_QCA */
7211 #ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_MACSEC_LINUX
7212 /* driver_macsec_linux.c */
7213 extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_macsec_linux_ops;
7214 #endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_MACSEC_LINUX */
7215 #ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_ROBOSWITCH
7216 /* driver_roboswitch.c */
7217 extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_roboswitch_ops;
7218 #endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_ROBOSWITCH */
7219 #ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_ATHEROS
7220 /* driver_atheros.c */
7221 extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_atheros_ops;
7222 #endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_ATHEROS */
7223 #ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_NONE
7224 extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_none_ops; /* driver_none.c */
7225 #endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_NONE */
7226 
7227 #endif /* DRIVER_H */
7228